Imported Debian version 2.5.0~trusty1.1
[deb_ffmpeg.git] / ffmpeg / doc / filters.texi
1 @chapter Filtering Introduction
2 @c man begin FILTERING INTRODUCTION
3
4 Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
5
6 In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple
7 outputs.
8 To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the
9 following filtergraph.
10
11 @example
12 [main]
13 input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
14 | ^
15 |[tmp] [flip]|
16 +-----> crop --> vflip -------+
17 @end example
18
19 This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, then sends one
20 stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter, before merging it
21 back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the
22 following command to achieve this:
23
24 @example
25 ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT
26 @end example
27
28 The result will be that the top half of the video is mirrored
29 onto the bottom half of the output video.
30
31 Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct
32 linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example,
33 @var{crop,vflip} are in one linear chain, @var{split} and
34 @var{overlay} are separately in another. The points where the linear
35 chains join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the
36 example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to
37 the labels @var{[main]} and @var{[tmp]}.
38
39 The stream sent to the second output of @var{split}, labelled as
40 @var{[tmp]}, is processed through the @var{crop} filter, which crops
41 away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The
42 @var{overlay} filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the
43 split filter (which was labelled as @var{[main]}), and overlay on its
44 lower half the output generated by the @var{crop,vflip} filterchain.
45
46 Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified
47 after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other
48 by a colon.
49
50 There exist so-called @var{source filters} that do not have an
51 audio/video input, and @var{sink filters} that will not have audio/video
52 output.
53
54 @c man end FILTERING INTRODUCTION
55
56 @chapter graph2dot
57 @c man begin GRAPH2DOT
58
59 The @file{graph2dot} program included in the FFmpeg @file{tools}
60 directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a
61 corresponding textual representation in the dot language.
62
63 Invoke the command:
64 @example
65 graph2dot -h
66 @end example
67
68 to see how to use @file{graph2dot}.
69
70 You can then pass the dot description to the @file{dot} program (from
71 the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation
72 of the filtergraph.
73
74 For example the sequence of commands:
75 @example
76 echo @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} | \
77 tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
78 dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
79 display graph.png
80 @end example
81
82 can be used to create and display an image representing the graph
83 described by the @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string. Note that this string must be
84 a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined.
85 For example if your command line is of the form:
86 @example
87 ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile
88 @end example
89 your @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string will need to be of the form:
90 @example
91 nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink
92 @end example
93 you may also need to set the @var{nullsrc} parameters and add a @var{format}
94 filter in order to simulate a specific input file.
95
96 @c man end GRAPH2DOT
97
98 @chapter Filtergraph description
99 @c man begin FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
100
101 A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain
102 cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of
103 filters. Each link has one input pad on one side connecting it to one
104 filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other
105 side connecting it to one filter accepting its output.
106
107 Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class
108 registered in the application, which defines the features and the
109 number of input and output pads of the filter.
110
111 A filter with no input pads is called a "source", and a filter with no
112 output pads is called a "sink".
113
114 @anchor{Filtergraph syntax}
115 @section Filtergraph syntax
116
117 A filtergraph has a textual representation, which is
118 recognized by the @option{-filter}/@option{-vf} and @option{-filter_complex}
119 options in @command{ffmpeg} and @option{-vf} in @command{ffplay}, and by the
120 @code{avfilter_graph_parse()}/@code{avfilter_graph_parse2()} functions defined in
121 @file{libavfilter/avfilter.h}.
122
123 A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one
124 connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is
125 represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
126
127 A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of
128 filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain
129 descriptions.
130
131 A filter is represented by a string of the form:
132 [@var{in_link_1}]...[@var{in_link_N}]@var{filter_name}=@var{arguments}[@var{out_link_1}]...[@var{out_link_M}]
133
134 @var{filter_name} is the name of the filter class of which the
135 described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of
136 the filter classes registered in the program.
137 The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string
138 "=@var{arguments}".
139
140 @var{arguments} is a string which contains the parameters used to
141 initialize the filter instance. It may have one of two forms:
142 @itemize
143
144 @item
145 A ':'-separated list of @var{key=value} pairs.
146
147 @item
148 A ':'-separated list of @var{value}. In this case, the keys are assumed to be
149 the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the @code{fade} filter
150 declares three options in this order -- @option{type}, @option{start_frame} and
151 @option{nb_frames}. Then the parameter list @var{in:0:30} means that the value
152 @var{in} is assigned to the option @option{type}, @var{0} to
153 @option{start_frame} and @var{30} to @option{nb_frames}.
154
155 @item
156 A ':'-separated list of mixed direct @var{value} and long @var{key=value}
157 pairs. The direct @var{value} must precede the @var{key=value} pairs, and
158 follow the same constraints order of the previous point. The following
159 @var{key=value} pairs can be set in any preferred order.
160
161 @end itemize
162
163 If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the @code{format} filter
164 takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by
165 '|'.
166
167 The list of arguments can be quoted using the character "'" as initial
168 and ending mark, and the character '\' for escaping the characters
169 within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered
170 terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set
171 "[]=;,") is encountered.
172
173 The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and
174 followed by a list of link labels.
175 A link label allows one to name a link and associate it to a filter output
176 or input pad. The preceding labels @var{in_link_1}
177 ... @var{in_link_N}, are associated to the filter input pads,
178 the following labels @var{out_link_1} ... @var{out_link_M}, are
179 associated to the output pads.
180
181 When two link labels with the same name are found in the
182 filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is
183 created.
184
185 If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first
186 unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain.
187 For example in the filterchain
188 @example
189 nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink
190 @end example
191 the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter
192 instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled
193 "L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second
194 output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay,
195 which are both unlabelled.
196
197 In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output
198 pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the
199 filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
200
201 Libavfilter will automatically insert @ref{scale} filters where format
202 conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags
203 for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
204 @code{sws_flags=@var{flags};}
205 to the filtergraph description.
206
207 Here is a BNF description of the filtergraph syntax:
208 @example
209 @var{NAME} ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
210 @var{LINKLABEL} ::= "[" @var{NAME} "]"
211 @var{LINKLABELS} ::= @var{LINKLABEL} [@var{LINKLABELS}]
212 @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS} ::= sequence of chars (possibly quoted)
213 @var{FILTER} ::= [@var{LINKLABELS}] @var{NAME} ["=" @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS}] [@var{LINKLABELS}]
214 @var{FILTERCHAIN} ::= @var{FILTER} [,@var{FILTERCHAIN}]
215 @var{FILTERGRAPH} ::= [sws_flags=@var{flags};] @var{FILTERCHAIN} [;@var{FILTERGRAPH}]
216 @end example
217
218 @section Notes on filtergraph escaping
219
220 Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of
221 escaping. See @ref{quoting_and_escaping,,the "Quoting and escaping"
222 section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils} for more
223 information about the employed escaping procedure.
224
225 A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option
226 value, which may contain the special character @code{:} used to
227 separate values, or one of the escaping characters @code{\'}.
228
229 A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which
230 may contain the escaping characters @code{\'} or the special
231 characters @code{[],;} used by the filtergraph description.
232
233 Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you
234 need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special
235 characters contained within it.
236
237 For example, consider the following string to be embedded in
238 the @ref{drawtext} filter description @option{text} value:
239 @example
240 this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters
241 @end example
242
243 This string contains the @code{'} special escaping character, and the
244 @code{:} special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way:
245 @example
246 text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters
247 @end example
248
249 A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter
250 description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the
251 filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
252 @example
253 drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters
254 @end example
255 (note that in addition to the @code{\'} escaping special characters,
256 also @code{,} needs to be escaped).
257
258 Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the
259 filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the
260 escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that
261 @code{\} is special and needs to be escaped with another @code{\}, the
262 previous string will finally result in:
263 @example
264 -vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"
265 @end example
266
267 @chapter Timeline editing
268
269 Some filters support a generic @option{enable} option. For the filters
270 supporting timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is
271 evaluated before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero,
272 the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent unchanged to the
273 next filter in the filtergraph.
274
275 The expression accepts the following values:
276 @table @samp
277 @item t
278 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
279
280 @item n
281 sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
282
283 @item pos
284 the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
285
286 @item w
287 @item h
288 width and height of the input frame if video
289 @end table
290
291 Additionally, these filters support an @option{enable} command that can be used
292 to re-define the expression.
293
294 Like any other filtering option, the @option{enable} option follows the same
295 rules.
296
297 For example, to enable a blur filter (@ref{smartblur}) from 10 seconds to 3
298 minutes, and a @ref{curves} filter starting at 3 seconds:
299 @example
300 smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
301 curves = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process
302 @end example
303
304 @c man end FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
305
306 @chapter Audio Filters
307 @c man begin AUDIO FILTERS
308
309 When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
310 existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
311 The configure output will show the audio filters included in your
312 build.
313
314 Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.
315
316 @section adelay
317
318 Delay one or more audio channels.
319
320 Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.
321
322 The filter accepts the following option:
323
324 @table @option
325 @item delays
326 Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'.
327 At least one delay greater than 0 should be provided.
328 Unused delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is
329 smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be delayed.
330 @end table
331
332 @subsection Examples
333
334 @itemize
335 @item
336 Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave
337 the second channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged.
338 @example
339 adelay=1500|0|500
340 @end example
341 @end itemize
342
343 @section aecho
344
345 Apply echoing to the input audio.
346
347 Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst mountains
348 (and sometimes large buildings) when talking or shouting; digital echo
349 effects emulate this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the
350 sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference between the
351 original signal and the reflection is the @code{delay}, and the
352 loudness of the reflected signal is the @code{decay}.
353 Multiple echoes can have different delays and decays.
354
355 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
356
357 @table @option
358 @item in_gain
359 Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.6}.
360
361 @item out_gain
362 Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.3}.
363
364 @item delays
365 Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections
366 separated by '|'. Allowed range for each @code{delay} is @code{(0 - 90000.0]}.
367 Default is @code{1000}.
368
369 @item decays
370 Set list of loudnesses of reflected signals separated by '|'.
371 Allowed range for each @code{decay} is @code{(0 - 1.0]}.
372 Default is @code{0.5}.
373 @end table
374
375 @subsection Examples
376
377 @itemize
378 @item
379 Make it sound as if there are twice as many instruments as are actually playing:
380 @example
381 aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4
382 @end example
383
384 @item
385 If delay is very short, then it sound like a (metallic) robot playing music:
386 @example
387 aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4
388 @end example
389
390 @item
391 A longer delay will sound like an open air concert in the mountains:
392 @example
393 aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3
394 @end example
395
396 @item
397 Same as above but with one more mountain:
398 @example
399 aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|0.25
400 @end example
401 @end itemize
402
403 @section aeval
404
405 Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions.
406
407 This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each channel),
408 which are evaluated and used to modify a corresponding audio signal.
409
410 It accepts the following parameters:
411
412 @table @option
413 @item exprs
414 Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If
415 the number of input channels is greater than the number of
416 expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining
417 output channels.
418
419 @item channel_layout, c
420 Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is
421 specified by the number of expressions. If set to @samp{same}, it will
422 use by default the same input channel layout.
423 @end table
424
425 Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants and functions:
426
427 @table @option
428 @item ch
429 channel number of the current expression
430
431 @item n
432 number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
433
434 @item s
435 sample rate
436
437 @item t
438 time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds
439
440 @item nb_in_channels
441 @item nb_out_channels
442 input and output number of channels
443
444 @item val(CH)
445 the value of input channel with number @var{CH}
446 @end table
447
448 Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a
449 dedicated filter.
450
451 @subsection Examples
452
453 @itemize
454 @item
455 Half volume:
456 @example
457 aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same
458 @end example
459
460 @item
461 Invert phase of the second channel:
462 @example
463 aeval=val(0)|-val(1)
464 @end example
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section afade
468
469 Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.
470
471 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
472
473 @table @option
474 @item type, t
475 Specify the effect type, can be either @code{in} for fade-in, or
476 @code{out} for a fade-out effect. Default is @code{in}.
477
478 @item start_sample, ss
479 Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade
480 effect. Default is 0.
481
482 @item nb_samples, ns
483 Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At
484 the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
485 volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
486 the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.
487
488 @item start_time, st
489 Specify the start time of the fade effect. Default is 0.
490 The value must be specified as a time duration; see
491 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
492 for the accepted syntax.
493 If set this option is used instead of @var{start_sample}.
494
495 @item duration, d
496 Specify the duration of the fade effect. See
497 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
498 for the accepted syntax.
499 At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
500 volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
501 the output audio will be silence.
502 By default the duration is determined by @var{nb_samples}.
503 If set this option is used instead of @var{nb_samples}.
504
505 @item curve
506 Set curve for fade transition.
507
508 It accepts the following values:
509 @table @option
510 @item tri
511 select triangular, linear slope (default)
512 @item qsin
513 select quarter of sine wave
514 @item hsin
515 select half of sine wave
516 @item esin
517 select exponential sine wave
518 @item log
519 select logarithmic
520 @item par
521 select inverted parabola
522 @item qua
523 select quadratic
524 @item cub
525 select cubic
526 @item squ
527 select square root
528 @item cbr
529 select cubic root
530 @end table
531 @end table
532
533 @subsection Examples
534
535 @itemize
536 @item
537 Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:
538 @example
539 afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15
540 @end example
541
542 @item
543 Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:
544 @example
545 afade=t=out:st=875:d=25
546 @end example
547 @end itemize
548
549 @anchor{aformat}
550 @section aformat
551
552 Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will
553 negotiate the most appropriate format to minimize conversions.
554
555 It accepts the following parameters:
556 @table @option
557
558 @item sample_fmts
559 A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.
560
561 @item sample_rates
562 A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.
563
564 @item channel_layouts
565 A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.
566
567 See @ref{channel layout syntax,,the Channel Layout section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
568 for the required syntax.
569 @end table
570
571 If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.
572
573 Force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo
574 @example
575 aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo
576 @end example
577
578 @section allpass
579
580 Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz)
581 @var{frequency}, and filter-width @var{width}.
582 An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship
583 without changing its frequency to amplitude relationship.
584
585 The filter accepts the following options:
586
587 @table @option
588 @item frequency, f
589 Set frequency in Hz.
590
591 @item width_type
592 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
593 @table @option
594 @item h
595 Hz
596 @item q
597 Q-Factor
598 @item o
599 octave
600 @item s
601 slope
602 @end table
603
604 @item width, w
605 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
606 @end table
607
608 @section amerge
609
610 Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.
611
612 The filter accepts the following options:
613
614 @table @option
615
616 @item inputs
617 Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.
618
619 @end table
620
621 If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible,
622 the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels
623 will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the inputs are not
624 disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first input then all
625 the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel layout of
626 the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of
627 channels.
628
629 For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input
630 is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the
631 following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of the
632 first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).
633
634 On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be
635 in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be
636 arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected value.
637
638 All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.
639
640 If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the
641 shortest.
642
643 @subsection Examples
644
645 @itemize
646 @item
647 Merge two mono files into a stereo stream:
648 @example
649 amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge
650 @end example
651
652 @item
653 Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in @file{input.mkv}:
654 @example
655 ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv
656 @end example
657 @end itemize
658
659 @section amix
660
661 Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.
662
663 Note that this filter only supports float samples (the @var{amerge}
664 and @var{pan} audio filters support many formats). If the @var{amix}
665 input has integer samples then @ref{aresample} will be automatically
666 inserted to perform the conversion to float samples.
667
668 For example
669 @example
670 ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT
671 @end example
672 will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the
673 first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.
674
675 It accepts the following parameters:
676 @table @option
677
678 @item inputs
679 The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
680
681 @item duration
682 How to determine the end-of-stream.
683 @table @option
684
685 @item longest
686 The duration of the longest input. (default)
687
688 @item shortest
689 The duration of the shortest input.
690
691 @item first
692 The duration of the first input.
693
694 @end table
695
696 @item dropout_transition
697 The transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input
698 stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.
699
700 @end table
701
702 @section anull
703
704 Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.
705
706 @section apad
707
708 Pad the end of an audio stream with silence.
709
710 This can be used together with @command{ffmpeg} @option{-shortest} to
711 extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream.
712
713 A description of the accepted options follows.
714
715 @table @option
716 @item packet_size
717 Set silence packet size. Default value is 4096.
718
719 @item pad_len
720 Set the number of samples of silence to add to the end. After the
721 value is reached, the stream is terminated. This option is mutually
722 exclusive with @option{whole_len}.
723
724 @item whole_len
725 Set the minimum total number of samples in the output audio stream. If
726 the value is longer than the input audio length, silence is added to
727 the end, until the value is reached. This option is mutually exclusive
728 with @option{pad_len}.
729 @end table
730
731 If neither the @option{pad_len} nor the @option{whole_len} option is
732 set, the filter will add silence to the end of the input stream
733 indefinitely.
734
735 @subsection Examples
736
737 @itemize
738 @item
739 Add 1024 samples of silence to the end of the input:
740 @example
741 apad=pad_len=1024
742 @end example
743
744 @item
745 Make sure the audio output will contain at least 10000 samples, pad
746 the input with silence if required:
747 @example
748 apad=whole_len=10000
749 @end example
750
751 @item
752 Use @command{ffmpeg} to pad the audio input with silence, so that the
753 video stream will always result the shortest and will be converted
754 until the end in the output file when using the @option{shortest}
755 option:
756 @example
757 ffmpeg -i VIDEO -i AUDIO -filter_complex "[1:0]apad" -shortest OUTPUT
758 @end example
759 @end itemize
760
761 @section aphaser
762 Add a phasing effect to the input audio.
763
764 A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum.
765 The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect.
766
767 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
768
769 @table @option
770 @item in_gain
771 Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
772
773 @item out_gain
774 Set output gain. Default is 0.74
775
776 @item delay
777 Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
778
779 @item decay
780 Set decay. Default is 0.4.
781
782 @item speed
783 Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
784
785 @item type
786 Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
787
788 It accepts the following values:
789 @table @samp
790 @item triangular, t
791 @item sinusoidal, s
792 @end table
793 @end table
794
795 @anchor{aresample}
796 @section aresample
797
798 Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the
799 libswresample library. If none are specified then the filter will
800 automatically convert between its input and output.
801
802 This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match
803 the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the
804 timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither.
805
806 The filter accepts the syntax
807 [@var{sample_rate}:]@var{resampler_options}, where @var{sample_rate}
808 expresses a sample rate and @var{resampler_options} is a list of
809 @var{key}=@var{value} pairs, separated by ":". See the
810 ffmpeg-resampler manual for the complete list of supported options.
811
812 @subsection Examples
813
814 @itemize
815 @item
816 Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:
817 @example
818 aresample=44100
819 @end example
820
821 @item
822 Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000
823 samples per second compensation:
824 @example
825 aresample=async=1000
826 @end example
827 @end itemize
828
829 @section asetnsamples
830
831 Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.
832
833 The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as
834 the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio
835 signal its end.
836
837 The filter accepts the following options:
838
839 @table @option
840
841 @item nb_out_samples, n
842 Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is
843 intended as the number of samples @emph{per each channel}.
844 Default value is 1024.
845
846 @item pad, p
847 If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so
848 that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the
849 previous ones. Default value is 1.
850 @end table
851
852 For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and
853 disable padding for the last frame, use:
854 @example
855 asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0
856 @end example
857
858 @section asetrate
859
860 Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data.
861 This will result in a change of speed and pitch.
862
863 The filter accepts the following options:
864
865 @table @option
866 @item sample_rate, r
867 Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.
868 @end table
869
870 @section ashowinfo
871
872 Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame.
873 The input audio is not modified.
874
875 The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
876 @var{key}:@var{value}.
877
878 The following values are shown in the output:
879
880 @table @option
881 @item n
882 The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
883
884 @item pts
885 The presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base
886 depends on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/@var{sample_rate}.
887
888 @item pts_time
889 The presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds.
890
891 @item pos
892 position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
893 unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio)
894
895 @item fmt
896 The sample format.
897
898 @item chlayout
899 The channel layout.
900
901 @item rate
902 The sample rate for the audio frame.
903
904 @item nb_samples
905 The number of samples (per channel) in the frame.
906
907 @item checksum
908 The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar
909 audio, the data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated.
910
911 @item plane_checksums
912 A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.
913 @end table
914
915 @section astats
916
917 Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels.
918 Statistics are calculated and displayed for each audio channel and,
919 where applicable, an overall figure is also given.
920
921 It accepts the following option:
922 @table @option
923 @item length
924 Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement.
925 Default is @code{0.05} (50 miliseconds). Allowed range is @code{[0.1 - 10]}.
926 @end table
927
928 A description of each shown parameter follows:
929
930 @table @option
931 @item DC offset
932 Mean amplitude displacement from zero.
933
934 @item Min level
935 Minimal sample level.
936
937 @item Max level
938 Maximal sample level.
939
940 @item Peak level dB
941 @item RMS level dB
942 Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.
943
944 @item RMS peak dB
945 @item RMS trough dB
946 Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.
947
948 @item Crest factor
949 Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).
950
951 @item Flat factor
952 Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels
953 (i.e. either @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}).
954
955 @item Peak count
956 Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either
957 @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}.
958 @end table
959
960 @section astreamsync
961
962 Forward two audio streams and control the order the buffers are forwarded.
963
964 The filter accepts the following options:
965
966 @table @option
967 @item expr, e
968 Set the expression deciding which stream should be
969 forwarded next: if the result is negative, the first stream is forwarded; if
970 the result is positive or zero, the second stream is forwarded. It can use
971 the following variables:
972
973 @table @var
974 @item b1 b2
975 number of buffers forwarded so far on each stream
976 @item s1 s2
977 number of samples forwarded so far on each stream
978 @item t1 t2
979 current timestamp of each stream
980 @end table
981
982 The default value is @code{t1-t2}, which means to always forward the stream
983 that has a smaller timestamp.
984 @end table
985
986 @subsection Examples
987
988 Stress-test @code{amerge} by randomly sending buffers on the wrong
989 input, while avoiding too much of a desynchronization:
990 @example
991 amovie=file.ogg [a] ; amovie=file.mp3 [b] ;
992 [a] [b] astreamsync=(2*random(1))-1+tanh(5*(t1-t2)) [a2] [b2] ;
993 [a2] [b2] amerge
994 @end example
995
996 @section asyncts
997
998 Synchronize audio data with timestamps by squeezing/stretching it and/or
999 dropping samples/adding silence when needed.
1000
1001 This filter is not built by default, please use @ref{aresample} to do squeezing/stretching.
1002
1003 It accepts the following parameters:
1004 @table @option
1005
1006 @item compensate
1007 Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled
1008 by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered with silence.
1009
1010 @item min_delta
1011 The minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger
1012 adding/dropping samples. The default value is 0.1. If you get an imperfect
1013 sync with this filter, try setting this parameter to 0.
1014
1015 @item max_comp
1016 The maximum compensation in samples per second. Only relevant with compensate=1.
1017 The default value is 500.
1018
1019 @item first_pts
1020 Assume that the first PTS should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample
1021 rate. This allows for padding/trimming at the start of the stream. By default,
1022 no assumption is made about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or
1023 trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with
1024 silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples
1025 with a negative PTS due to encoder delay.
1026
1027 @end table
1028
1029 @section atempo
1030
1031 Adjust audio tempo.
1032
1033 The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not
1034 specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must
1035 be in the [0.5, 2.0] range.
1036
1037 @subsection Examples
1038
1039 @itemize
1040 @item
1041 Slow down audio to 80% tempo:
1042 @example
1043 atempo=0.8
1044 @end example
1045
1046 @item
1047 To speed up audio to 125% tempo:
1048 @example
1049 atempo=1.25
1050 @end example
1051 @end itemize
1052
1053 @section atrim
1054
1055 Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
1056
1057 It accepts the following parameters:
1058 @table @option
1059 @item start
1060 Timestamp (in seconds) of the start of the section to keep. I.e. the audio
1061 sample with the timestamp @var{start} will be the first sample in the output.
1062
1063 @item end
1064 Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the
1065 audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be
1066 the last sample in the output.
1067
1068 @item start_pts
1069 Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples
1070 instead of seconds.
1071
1072 @item end_pts
1073 Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead
1074 of seconds.
1075
1076 @item duration
1077 The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
1078
1079 @item start_sample
1080 The number of the first sample that should be output.
1081
1082 @item end_sample
1083 The number of the first sample that should be dropped.
1084 @end table
1085
1086 @option{start}, @option{end}, and @option{duration} are expressed as time
1087 duration specifications; see
1088 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}.
1089
1090 Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
1091 option look at the frame timestamp, while the _sample options simply count the
1092 samples that pass through the filter. So start/end_pts and start/end_sample will
1093 give different results when the timestamps are wrong, inexact or do not start at
1094 zero. Also note that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish
1095 to have the output timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts filter after the
1096 atrim filter.
1097
1098 If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
1099 keep all samples that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
1100 only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple atrim
1101 filters.
1102
1103 The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
1104 just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
1105
1106 Examples:
1107 @itemize
1108 @item
1109 Drop everything except the second minute of input:
1110 @example
1111 ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=60:120
1112 @end example
1113
1114 @item
1115 Keep only the first 1000 samples:
1116 @example
1117 ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=end_sample=1000
1118 @end example
1119
1120 @end itemize
1121
1122 @section bandpass
1123
1124 Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central
1125 frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width width.
1126 The @var{csg} option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q)
1127 instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain.
1128 The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
1129
1130 The filter accepts the following options:
1131
1132 @table @option
1133 @item frequency, f
1134 Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
1135
1136 @item csg
1137 Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
1138
1139 @item width_type
1140 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1141 @table @option
1142 @item h
1143 Hz
1144 @item q
1145 Q-Factor
1146 @item o
1147 octave
1148 @item s
1149 slope
1150 @end table
1151
1152 @item width, w
1153 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
1154 @end table
1155
1156 @section bandreject
1157
1158 Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central
1159 frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width @var{width}.
1160 The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
1161
1162 The filter accepts the following options:
1163
1164 @table @option
1165 @item frequency, f
1166 Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
1167
1168 @item width_type
1169 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1170 @table @option
1171 @item h
1172 Hz
1173 @item q
1174 Q-Factor
1175 @item o
1176 octave
1177 @item s
1178 slope
1179 @end table
1180
1181 @item width, w
1182 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
1183 @end table
1184
1185 @section bass
1186
1187 Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
1188 shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
1189 hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
1190
1191 The filter accepts the following options:
1192
1193 @table @option
1194 @item gain, g
1195 Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20
1196 (for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost).
1197 Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
1198
1199 @item frequency, f
1200 Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
1201 to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
1202 The default value is @code{100} Hz.
1203
1204 @item width_type
1205 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1206 @table @option
1207 @item h
1208 Hz
1209 @item q
1210 Q-Factor
1211 @item o
1212 octave
1213 @item s
1214 slope
1215 @end table
1216
1217 @item width, w
1218 Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
1219 @end table
1220
1221 @section biquad
1222
1223 Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients.
1224 Where @var{b0}, @var{b1}, @var{b2} and @var{a0}, @var{a1}, @var{a2}
1225 are the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively.
1226
1227 @section bs2b
1228 Bauer stereo to binaural transformation, which improves headphone listening of
1229 stereo audio records.
1230
1231 It accepts the following parameters:
1232 @table @option
1233
1234 @item profile
1235 Pre-defined crossfeed level.
1236 @table @option
1237
1238 @item default
1239 Default level (fcut=700, feed=50).
1240
1241 @item cmoy
1242 Chu Moy circuit (fcut=700, feed=60).
1243
1244 @item jmeier
1245 Jan Meier circuit (fcut=650, feed=95).
1246
1247 @end table
1248
1249 @item fcut
1250 Cut frequency (in Hz).
1251
1252 @item feed
1253 Feed level (in Hz).
1254
1255 @end table
1256
1257 @section channelmap
1258
1259 Remap input channels to new locations.
1260
1261 It accepts the following parameters:
1262 @table @option
1263 @item channel_layout
1264 The channel layout of the output stream.
1265
1266 @item map
1267 Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
1268 mappings, each in the @code{@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}} or
1269 @var{in_channel} form. @var{in_channel} can be either the name of the input
1270 channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout.
1271 @var{out_channel} is the name of the output channel or its index in the output
1272 channel layout. If @var{out_channel} is not given then it is implicitly an
1273 index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping.
1274 @end table
1275
1276 If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to
1277 output channels, preserving indices.
1278
1279 For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file,
1280 @example
1281 ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav
1282 @end example
1283 will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of
1284 the input.
1285
1286 To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order
1287 @example
1288 ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:channel_layout=5.1' out.wav
1289 @end example
1290
1291 @section channelsplit
1292
1293 Split each channel from an input audio stream into a separate output stream.
1294
1295 It accepts the following parameters:
1296 @table @option
1297 @item channel_layout
1298 The channel layout of the input stream. The default is "stereo".
1299 @end table
1300
1301 For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file,
1302 @example
1303 ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv
1304 @end example
1305 will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only
1306 the left channel and the other the right channel.
1307
1308 Split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files:
1309 @example
1310 ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
1311 'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
1312 -map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
1313 front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
1314 side_right.wav
1315 @end example
1316
1317 @section compand
1318 Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.
1319
1320 It accepts the following parameters:
1321
1322 @table @option
1323
1324 @item attacks
1325 @item decays
1326 A list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous level
1327 of the input signal is averaged to determine its volume. @var{attacks} refers to
1328 increase of volume and @var{decays} refers to decrease of volume. For most
1329 situations, the attack time (response to the audio getting louder) should be
1330 shorter than the decay time, because the human ear is more sensitive to sudden
1331 loud audio than sudden soft audio. A typical value for attack is 0.3 seconds and
1332 a typical value for decay is 0.8 seconds.
1333
1334 @item points
1335 A list of points for the transfer function, specified in dB relative to the
1336 maximum possible signal amplitude. Each key points list must be defined using
1337 the following syntax: @code{x0/y0|x1/y1|x2/y2|....} or
1338 @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ....}
1339
1340 The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer function
1341 does not have to be monotonically rising. The point @code{0/0} is assumed but
1342 may be overridden (by @code{0/out-dBn}). Typical values for the transfer
1343 function are @code{-70/-70|-60/-20}.
1344
1345 @item soft-knee
1346 Set the curve radius in dB for all joints. It defaults to 0.01.
1347
1348 @item gain
1349 Set the additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer
1350 function. This allows for easy adjustment of the overall gain.
1351 It defaults to 0.
1352
1353 @item volume
1354 Set an initial volume, in dB, to be assumed for each channel when filtering
1355 starts. This permits the user to supply a nominal level initially, so that, for
1356 example, a very large gain is not applied to initial signal levels before the
1357 companding has begun to operate. A typical value for audio which is initially
1358 quiet is -90 dB. It defaults to 0.
1359
1360 @item delay
1361 Set a delay, in seconds. The input audio is analyzed immediately, but audio is
1362 delayed before being fed to the volume adjuster. Specifying a delay
1363 approximately equal to the attack/decay times allows the filter to effectively
1364 operate in predictive rather than reactive mode. It defaults to 0.
1365
1366 @end table
1367
1368 @subsection Examples
1369
1370 @itemize
1371 @item
1372 Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening to in a
1373 noisy environment:
1374 @example
1375 compand=.3|.3:1|1:-90/-60|-60/-40|-40/-30|-20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2
1376 @end example
1377
1378 @item
1379 A noise gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:
1380 @example
1381 compand=.1|.1:.2|.2:-900/-900|-50.1/-900|-50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1
1382 @end example
1383
1384 @item
1385 Here is another noise gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level
1386 than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch):
1387 @example
1388 compand=.1|.1:.1|.1:-45.1/-45.1|-45/-900|0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1
1389 @end example
1390 @end itemize
1391
1392 @section earwax
1393
1394 Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.
1395
1396 This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio
1397 so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from
1398 inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of
1399 the listener (standard for speakers).
1400
1401 Ported from SoX.
1402
1403 @section equalizer
1404
1405 Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this
1406 filter, the signal-level at and around a selected frequency can
1407 be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject
1408 filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged.
1409
1410 In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can
1411 be given several times, each with a different central frequency.
1412
1413 The filter accepts the following options:
1414
1415 @table @option
1416 @item frequency, f
1417 Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.
1418
1419 @item width_type
1420 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1421 @table @option
1422 @item h
1423 Hz
1424 @item q
1425 Q-Factor
1426 @item o
1427 octave
1428 @item s
1429 slope
1430 @end table
1431
1432 @item width, w
1433 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
1434
1435 @item gain, g
1436 Set the required gain or attenuation in dB.
1437 Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
1438 @end table
1439
1440 @subsection Examples
1441 @itemize
1442 @item
1443 Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz:
1444 @example
1445 equalizer=f=1000:width_type=h:width=200:g=-10
1446 @end example
1447
1448 @item
1449 Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2:
1450 @example
1451 equalizer=f=1000:width_type=q:width=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:width_type=q:width=2:g=-5
1452 @end example
1453 @end itemize
1454
1455 @section flanger
1456 Apply a flanging effect to the audio.
1457
1458 The filter accepts the following options:
1459
1460 @table @option
1461 @item delay
1462 Set base delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 30. Default value is 0.
1463
1464 @item depth
1465 Set added swep delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 10. Default value is 2.
1466
1467 @item regen
1468 Set percentage regeneneration (delayed signal feedback). Range from -95 to 95.
1469 Default value is 0.
1470
1471 @item width
1472 Set percentage of delayed signal mixed with original. Range from 0 to 100.
1473 Default valu is 71.
1474
1475 @item speed
1476 Set sweeps per second (Hz). Range from 0.1 to 10. Default value is 0.5.
1477
1478 @item shape
1479 Set swept wave shape, can be @var{triangular} or @var{sinusoidal}.
1480 Default value is @var{sinusoidal}.
1481
1482 @item phase
1483 Set swept wave percentage-shift for multi channel. Range from 0 to 100.
1484 Default value is 25.
1485
1486 @item interp
1487 Set delay-line interpolation, @var{linear} or @var{quadratic}.
1488 Default is @var{linear}.
1489 @end table
1490
1491 @section highpass
1492
1493 Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
1494 The filter can be either single-pole, or double-pole (the default).
1495 The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
1496
1497 The filter accepts the following options:
1498
1499 @table @option
1500 @item frequency, f
1501 Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.
1502
1503 @item poles, p
1504 Set number of poles. Default is 2.
1505
1506 @item width_type
1507 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1508 @table @option
1509 @item h
1510 Hz
1511 @item q
1512 Q-Factor
1513 @item o
1514 octave
1515 @item s
1516 slope
1517 @end table
1518
1519 @item width, w
1520 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
1521 Applies only to double-pole filter.
1522 The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
1523 @end table
1524
1525 @section join
1526
1527 Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.
1528
1529 It accepts the following parameters:
1530 @table @option
1531
1532 @item inputs
1533 The number of input streams. It defaults to 2.
1534
1535 @item channel_layout
1536 The desired output channel layout. It defaults to stereo.
1537
1538 @item map
1539 Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
1540 mappings, each in the @code{@var{input_idx}.@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}}
1541 form. @var{input_idx} is the 0-based index of the input stream. @var{in_channel}
1542 can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its
1543 index in the specified input stream. @var{out_channel} is the name of the output
1544 channel.
1545 @end table
1546
1547 The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when they are not specified
1548 explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel
1549 and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel.
1550
1551 Join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts):
1552 @example
1553 ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT
1554 @end example
1555
1556 Build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:
1557 @example
1558 ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
1559 'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
1560 out
1561 @end example
1562
1563 @section ladspa
1564
1565 Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.
1566
1567 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
1568 @code{--enable-ladspa}.
1569
1570 @table @option
1571 @item file, f
1572 Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment
1573 variable @env{LADSPA_PATH} is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in
1574 each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in
1575 @env{LADSPA_PATH}, otherwise in the standard LADSPA paths, which are in
1576 this order: @file{HOME/.ladspa/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/ladspa/},
1577 @file{/usr/lib/ladspa/}.
1578
1579 @item plugin, p
1580 Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only
1581 one plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set filter
1582 will list all available plugins within the specified library.
1583
1584 @item controls, c
1585 Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point
1586 values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay,
1587 threshold or gain).
1588 Controls need to be defined using the following syntax:
1589 c0=@var{value0}|c1=@var{value1}|c2=@var{value2}|..., where
1590 @var{valuei} is the value set on the @var{i}-th control.
1591 If @option{controls} is set to @code{help}, all available controls and
1592 their valid ranges are printed.
1593
1594 @item sample_rate, s
1595 Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have
1596 zero inputs.
1597
1598 @item nb_samples, n
1599 Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default
1600 is 1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
1601
1602 @item duration, d
1603 Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See
1604 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
1605 for the accepted syntax.
1606 Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration,
1607 as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete frame.
1608 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
1609 supposed to be generated forever.
1610 Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
1611
1612 @end table
1613
1614 @subsection Examples
1615
1616 @itemize
1617 @item
1618 List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:
1619 @example
1620 ladspa=file=amp
1621 @end example
1622
1623 @item
1624 List all available controls and their valid ranges for @code{vcf_notch}
1625 plugin from @code{VCF} library:
1626 @example
1627 ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help
1628 @end example
1629
1630 @item
1631 Simulate low quality audio equipment using @code{Computer Music Toolkit} (CMT)
1632 plugin library:
1633 @example
1634 ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12
1635 @end example
1636
1637 @item
1638 Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins
1639 (Tom's Audio Processing plugins):
1640 @example
1641 ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb
1642 @end example
1643
1644 @item
1645 Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:
1646 @example
1647 ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2
1648 @end example
1649
1650 @item
1651 Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin @code{C* Click - Metronome} from the
1652 @code{C* Audio Plugin Suite} (CAPS) library:
1653 @example
1654 ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'
1655 @end example
1656
1657 @item
1658 Apply @code{C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser} effect:
1659 @example
1660 ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2
1661 @end example
1662 @end itemize
1663
1664 @subsection Commands
1665
1666 This filter supports the following commands:
1667 @table @option
1668 @item cN
1669 Modify the @var{N}-th control value.
1670
1671 If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept.
1672 @end table
1673
1674 @section lowpass
1675
1676 Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
1677 The filter can be either single-pole or double-pole (the default).
1678 The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
1679
1680 The filter accepts the following options:
1681
1682 @table @option
1683 @item frequency, f
1684 Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.
1685
1686 @item poles, p
1687 Set number of poles. Default is 2.
1688
1689 @item width_type
1690 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1691 @table @option
1692 @item h
1693 Hz
1694 @item q
1695 Q-Factor
1696 @item o
1697 octave
1698 @item s
1699 slope
1700 @end table
1701
1702 @item width, w
1703 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
1704 Applies only to double-pole filter.
1705 The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
1706 @end table
1707
1708 @section pan
1709
1710 Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output
1711 channel layout followed by a set of channels definitions.
1712
1713 This filter is also designed to efficiently remap the channels of an audio
1714 stream.
1715
1716 The filter accepts parameters of the form:
1717 "@var{l}|@var{outdef}|@var{outdef}|..."
1718
1719 @table @option
1720 @item l
1721 output channel layout or number of channels
1722
1723 @item outdef
1724 output channel specification, of the form:
1725 "@var{out_name}=[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}[+[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}...]"
1726
1727 @item out_name
1728 output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel
1729 number (c0, c1, etc.)
1730
1731 @item gain
1732 multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged
1733
1734 @item in_name
1735 input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix
1736 named and numbered input channels
1737 @end table
1738
1739 If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then the gains for
1740 that specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus
1741 avoiding clipping noise.
1742
1743 @subsection Mixing examples
1744
1745 For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger
1746 factor for the left channel:
1747 @example
1748 pan=1c|c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1
1749 @end example
1750
1751 A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and
1752 7-channels surround:
1753 @example
1754 pan=stereo| FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL | FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR
1755 @end example
1756
1757 Note that @command{ffmpeg} integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system
1758 that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific
1759 needs.
1760
1761 @subsection Remapping examples
1762
1763 The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:
1764
1765 @itemize
1766 @item gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,
1767 @item only one input per channel output,
1768 @end itemize
1769
1770 If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure
1771 channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the
1772 remapping.
1773
1774 For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by
1775 dropping the extra channels:
1776 @example
1777 pan="stereo| c0=FL | c1=FR"
1778 @end example
1779
1780 Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels
1781 and keep the input channel layout:
1782 @example
1783 pan="5.1| c0=c1 | c1=c0 | c2=c2 | c3=c3 | c4=c4 | c5=c5"
1784 @end example
1785
1786 If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and
1787 still keep the stereo channel layout) with:
1788 @example
1789 pan="stereo|c1=c1"
1790 @end example
1791
1792 Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both
1793 front left and right:
1794 @example
1795 pan="stereo| c0=FR | c1=FR"
1796 @end example
1797
1798 @section replaygain
1799
1800 ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and
1801 outputs it unchanged.
1802 At end of filtering it displays @code{track_gain} and @code{track_peak}.
1803
1804 @section resample
1805
1806 Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. It is
1807 not meant to be used directly.
1808
1809 @section silencedetect
1810
1811 Detect silence in an audio stream.
1812
1813 This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less
1814 or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the
1815 minimum detected noise duration.
1816
1817 The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds.
1818
1819 The filter accepts the following options:
1820
1821 @table @option
1822 @item duration, d
1823 Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).
1824
1825 @item noise, n
1826 Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the
1827 specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.
1828 @end table
1829
1830 @subsection Examples
1831
1832 @itemize
1833 @item
1834 Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:
1835 @example
1836 silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5
1837 @end example
1838
1839 @item
1840 Complete example with @command{ffmpeg} to detect silence with 0.0001 noise
1841 tolerance in @file{silence.mp3}:
1842 @example
1843 ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -
1844 @end example
1845 @end itemize
1846
1847 @section silenceremove
1848
1849 Remove silence from the beginning, middle or end of the audio.
1850
1851 The filter accepts the following options:
1852
1853 @table @option
1854 @item start_periods
1855 This value is used to indicate if audio should be trimmed at beginning of
1856 the audio. A value of zero indicates no silence should be trimmed from the
1857 beginning. When specifying a non-zero value, it trims audio up until it
1858 finds non-silence. Normally, when trimming silence from beginning of audio
1859 the @var{start_periods} will be @code{1} but it can be increased to higher
1860 values to trim all audio up to specific count of non-silence periods.
1861 Default value is @code{0}.
1862
1863 @item start_duration
1864 Specify the amount of time that non-silence must be detected before it stops
1865 trimming audio. By increasing the duration, bursts of noises can be treated
1866 as silence and trimmed off. Default value is @code{0}.
1867
1868 @item start_threshold
1869 This indicates what sample value should be treated as silence. For digital
1870 audio, a value of @code{0} may be fine but for audio recorded from analog,
1871 you may wish to increase the value to account for background noise.
1872 Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified value)
1873 or amplitude ratio. Default value is @code{0}.
1874
1875 @item stop_periods
1876 Set the count for trimming silence from the end of audio.
1877 To remove silence from the middle of a file, specify a @var{stop_periods}
1878 that is negative. This value is then threated as a positive value and is
1879 used to indicate the effect should restart processing as specified by
1880 @var{start_periods}, making it suitable for removing periods of silence
1881 in the middle of the audio.
1882 Default value is @code{0}.
1883
1884 @item stop_duration
1885 Specify a duration of silence that must exist before audio is not copied any
1886 more. By specifying a higher duration, silence that is wanted can be left in
1887 the audio.
1888 Default value is @code{0}.
1889
1890 @item stop_threshold
1891 This is the same as @option{start_threshold} but for trimming silence from
1892 the end of audio.
1893 Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified value)
1894 or amplitude ratio. Default value is @code{0}.
1895
1896 @item leave_silence
1897 This indicate that @var{stop_duration} length of audio should be left intact
1898 at the beginning of each period of silence.
1899 For example, if you want to remove long pauses between words but do not want
1900 to remove the pauses completely. Default value is @code{0}.
1901
1902 @end table
1903
1904 @subsection Examples
1905
1906 @itemize
1907 @item
1908 The following example shows how this filter can be used to start a recording
1909 that does not contain the delay at the start which usually occurs between
1910 pressing the record button and the start of the performance:
1911 @example
1912 silenceremove=1:5:0.02
1913 @end example
1914 @end itemize
1915
1916 @section treble
1917
1918 Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
1919 shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
1920 hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
1921
1922 The filter accepts the following options:
1923
1924 @table @option
1925 @item gain, g
1926 Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the
1927 Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut)
1928 to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
1929
1930 @item frequency, f
1931 Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
1932 to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
1933 The default value is @code{3000} Hz.
1934
1935 @item width_type
1936 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
1937 @table @option
1938 @item h
1939 Hz
1940 @item q
1941 Q-Factor
1942 @item o
1943 octave
1944 @item s
1945 slope
1946 @end table
1947
1948 @item width, w
1949 Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
1950 @end table
1951
1952 @section volume
1953
1954 Adjust the input audio volume.
1955
1956 It accepts the following parameters:
1957 @table @option
1958
1959 @item volume
1960 Set audio volume expression.
1961
1962 Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
1963
1964 The output audio volume is given by the relation:
1965 @example
1966 @var{output_volume} = @var{volume} * @var{input_volume}
1967 @end example
1968
1969 The default value for @var{volume} is "1.0".
1970
1971 @item precision
1972 This parameter represents the mathematical precision.
1973
1974 It determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the
1975 precision of the volume scaling.
1976
1977 @table @option
1978 @item fixed
1979 8-bit fixed-point; this limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.
1980 @item float
1981 32-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to FLT. (default)
1982 @item double
1983 64-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to DBL.
1984 @end table
1985
1986 @item replaygain
1987 Choose the behaviour on encountering ReplayGain side data in input frames.
1988
1989 @table @option
1990 @item drop
1991 Remove ReplayGain side data, ignoring its contents (the default).
1992
1993 @item ignore
1994 Ignore ReplayGain side data, but leave it in the frame.
1995
1996 @item track
1997 Prefer the track gain, if present.
1998
1999 @item album
2000 Prefer the album gain, if present.
2001 @end table
2002
2003 @item replaygain_preamp
2004 Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain.
2005
2006 Default value for @var{replaygain_preamp} is 0.0.
2007
2008 @item eval
2009 Set when the volume expression is evaluated.
2010
2011 It accepts the following values:
2012 @table @samp
2013 @item once
2014 only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or
2015 when the @samp{volume} command is sent
2016
2017 @item frame
2018 evaluate expression for each incoming frame
2019 @end table
2020
2021 Default value is @samp{once}.
2022 @end table
2023
2024 The volume expression can contain the following parameters.
2025
2026 @table @option
2027 @item n
2028 frame number (starting at zero)
2029 @item nb_channels
2030 number of channels
2031 @item nb_consumed_samples
2032 number of samples consumed by the filter
2033 @item nb_samples
2034 number of samples in the current frame
2035 @item pos
2036 original frame position in the file
2037 @item pts
2038 frame PTS
2039 @item sample_rate
2040 sample rate
2041 @item startpts
2042 PTS at start of stream
2043 @item startt
2044 time at start of stream
2045 @item t
2046 frame time
2047 @item tb
2048 timestamp timebase
2049 @item volume
2050 last set volume value
2051 @end table
2052
2053 Note that when @option{eval} is set to @samp{once} only the
2054 @var{sample_rate} and @var{tb} variables are available, all other
2055 variables will evaluate to NAN.
2056
2057 @subsection Commands
2058
2059 This filter supports the following commands:
2060 @table @option
2061 @item volume
2062 Modify the volume expression.
2063 The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
2064
2065 If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
2066 value.
2067 @item replaygain_noclip
2068 Prevent clipping by limiting the gain applied.
2069
2070 Default value for @var{replaygain_noclip} is 1.
2071
2072 @end table
2073
2074 @subsection Examples
2075
2076 @itemize
2077 @item
2078 Halve the input audio volume:
2079 @example
2080 volume=volume=0.5
2081 volume=volume=1/2
2082 volume=volume=-6.0206dB
2083 @end example
2084
2085 In all the above example the named key for @option{volume} can be
2086 omitted, for example like in:
2087 @example
2088 volume=0.5
2089 @end example
2090
2091 @item
2092 Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:
2093 @example
2094 volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed
2095 @end example
2096
2097 @item
2098 Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:
2099 @example
2100 volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame
2101 @end example
2102 @end itemize
2103
2104 @section volumedetect
2105
2106 Detect the volume of the input video.
2107
2108 The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about
2109 the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream end is reached.
2110
2111 In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum
2112 volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the
2113 registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of
2114 the samples).
2115
2116 All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.
2117
2118 @subsection Examples
2119
2120 Here is an excerpt of the output:
2121 @example
2122 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
2123 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
2124 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
2125 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
2126 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
2127 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
2128 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
2129 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
2130 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409
2131 @end example
2132
2133 It means that:
2134 @itemize
2135 @item
2136 The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.
2137 @item
2138 The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.
2139 @item
2140 There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.
2141 @end itemize
2142
2143 In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping,
2144 raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.
2145
2146 @c man end AUDIO FILTERS
2147
2148 @chapter Audio Sources
2149 @c man begin AUDIO SOURCES
2150
2151 Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.
2152
2153 @section abuffer
2154
2155 Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
2156
2157 This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
2158 through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h}.
2159
2160 It accepts the following parameters:
2161 @table @option
2162
2163 @item time_base
2164 The timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be
2165 either a floating-point number or in @var{numerator}/@var{denominator} form.
2166
2167 @item sample_rate
2168 The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
2169
2170 @item sample_fmt
2171 The sample format of the incoming audio buffers.
2172 Either a sample format name or its corresponging integer representation from
2173 the enum AVSampleFormat in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}
2174
2175 @item channel_layout
2176 The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers.
2177 Either a channel layout name from channel_layout_map in
2178 @file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} or its corresponding integer representation
2179 from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}
2180
2181 @item channels
2182 The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers.
2183 If both @var{channels} and @var{channel_layout} are specified, then they
2184 must be consistent.
2185
2186 @end table
2187
2188 @subsection Examples
2189
2190 @example
2191 abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo
2192 @end example
2193
2194 will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz.
2195 Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number
2196 6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is
2197 equivalent to:
2198 @example
2199 abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3
2200 @end example
2201
2202 @section aevalsrc
2203
2204 Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
2205
2206 This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each
2207 channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding
2208 audio signal.
2209
2210 This source accepts the following options:
2211
2212 @table @option
2213 @item exprs
2214 Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the
2215 @option{channel_layout} option is not specified, the selected channel layout
2216 depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last
2217 specified expression is applied to the remaining output channels.
2218
2219 @item channel_layout, c
2220 Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout
2221 must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
2222
2223 @item duration, d
2224 Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See
2225 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
2226 for the accepted syntax.
2227 Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
2228 duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
2229 complete frame.
2230
2231 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
2232 supposed to be generated forever.
2233
2234 @item nb_samples, n
2235 Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame,
2236 default to 1024.
2237
2238 @item sample_rate, s
2239 Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
2240 @end table
2241
2242 Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants:
2243
2244 @table @option
2245 @item n
2246 number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
2247
2248 @item t
2249 time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
2250
2251 @item s
2252 sample rate
2253
2254 @end table
2255
2256 @subsection Examples
2257
2258 @itemize
2259 @item
2260 Generate silence:
2261 @example
2262 aevalsrc=0
2263 @end example
2264
2265 @item
2266 Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to
2267 8000 Hz:
2268 @example
2269 aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"
2270 @end example
2271
2272 @item
2273 Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front
2274 Center + Back Center) explicitly:
2275 @example
2276 aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"
2277 @end example
2278
2279 @item
2280 Generate white noise:
2281 @example
2282 aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"
2283 @end example
2284
2285 @item
2286 Generate an amplitude modulated signal:
2287 @example
2288 aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"
2289 @end example
2290
2291 @item
2292 Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:
2293 @example
2294 aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"
2295 @end example
2296
2297 @end itemize
2298
2299 @section anullsrc
2300
2301 The null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful
2302 as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as
2303 the source for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox
2304 synth filter).
2305
2306 This source accepts the following options:
2307
2308 @table @option
2309
2310 @item channel_layout, cl
2311
2312 Specifies the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string
2313 representing a channel layout. The default value of @var{channel_layout}
2314 is "stereo".
2315
2316 Check the channel_layout_map definition in
2317 @file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} for the mapping between strings and
2318 channel layout values.
2319
2320 @item sample_rate, r
2321 Specifies the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
2322
2323 @item nb_samples, n
2324 Set the number of samples per requested frames.
2325
2326 @end table
2327
2328 @subsection Examples
2329
2330 @itemize
2331 @item
2332 Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
2333 @example
2334 anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4
2335 @end example
2336
2337 @item
2338 Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:
2339 @example
2340 anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono
2341 @end example
2342 @end itemize
2343
2344 All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.
2345
2346 @section flite
2347
2348 Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
2349
2350 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
2351 @code{--enable-libflite}.
2352
2353 Note that the flite library is not thread-safe.
2354
2355 The filter accepts the following options:
2356
2357 @table @option
2358
2359 @item list_voices
2360 If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit
2361 immediately. Default value is 0.
2362
2363 @item nb_samples, n
2364 Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
2365
2366 @item textfile
2367 Set the filename containing the text to speak.
2368
2369 @item text
2370 Set the text to speak.
2371
2372 @item voice, v
2373 Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is
2374 @code{kal}. See also the @var{list_voices} option.
2375 @end table
2376
2377 @subsection Examples
2378
2379 @itemize
2380 @item
2381 Read from file @file{speech.txt}, and synthetize the text using the
2382 standard flite voice:
2383 @example
2384 flite=textfile=speech.txt
2385 @end example
2386
2387 @item
2388 Read the specified text selecting the @code{slt} voice:
2389 @example
2390 flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
2391 @end example
2392
2393 @item
2394 Input text to ffmpeg:
2395 @example
2396 ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
2397 @end example
2398
2399 @item
2400 Make @file{ffplay} speak the specified text, using @code{flite} and
2401 the @code{lavfi} device:
2402 @example
2403 ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'
2404 @end example
2405 @end itemize
2406
2407 For more information about libflite, check:
2408 @url{http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/}
2409
2410 @section sine
2411
2412 Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.
2413
2414 The audio signal is bit-exact.
2415
2416 The filter accepts the following options:
2417
2418 @table @option
2419
2420 @item frequency, f
2421 Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
2422
2423 @item beep_factor, b
2424 Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency @var{beep_factor} times
2425 the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled.
2426
2427 @item sample_rate, r
2428 Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
2429
2430 @item duration, d
2431 Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
2432
2433 @item samples_per_frame
2434 Set the number of samples per output frame, default is 1024.
2435 @end table
2436
2437 @subsection Examples
2438
2439 @itemize
2440
2441 @item
2442 Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:
2443 @example
2444 sine
2445 @end example
2446
2447 @item
2448 Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:
2449 @example
2450 sine=220:4:d=5
2451 sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
2452 sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5
2453 @end example
2454
2455 @end itemize
2456
2457 @c man end AUDIO SOURCES
2458
2459 @chapter Audio Sinks
2460 @c man begin AUDIO SINKS
2461
2462 Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.
2463
2464 @section abuffersink
2465
2466 Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.
2467
2468 This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
2469 through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
2470 or the options system.
2471
2472 It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which
2473 defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
2474 parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
2475 @section anullsink
2476
2477 Null audio sink; do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is
2478 mainly useful as a template and for use in analysis / debugging
2479 tools.
2480
2481 @c man end AUDIO SINKS
2482
2483 @chapter Video Filters
2484 @c man begin VIDEO FILTERS
2485
2486 When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
2487 existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
2488 The configure output will show the video filters included in your
2489 build.
2490
2491 Below is a description of the currently available video filters.
2492
2493 @section alphaextract
2494
2495 Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This
2496 is especially useful with the @var{alphamerge} filter.
2497
2498 @section alphamerge
2499
2500 Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the
2501 grayscale value of a second input. This is intended for use with
2502 @var{alphaextract} to allow the transmission or storage of frame
2503 sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha
2504 channel.
2505
2506 For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video
2507 and a separate video created with @var{alphaextract}, you might use:
2508 @example
2509 movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]
2510 @end example
2511
2512 Since this filter is designed for reconstruction, it operates on frame
2513 sequences without considering timestamps, and terminates when either
2514 input reaches end of stream. This will cause problems if your encoding
2515 pipeline drops frames. If you're trying to apply an image as an
2516 overlay to a video stream, consider the @var{overlay} filter instead.
2517
2518 @section ass
2519
2520 Same as the @ref{subtitles} filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec
2521 and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced
2522 Substation Alpha) subtitles files.
2523
2524 This filter accepts the following option in addition to the common options from
2525 the @ref{subtitles} filter:
2526
2527 @table @option
2528 @item shaping
2529 Set the shaping engine
2530
2531 Available values are:
2532 @table @samp
2533 @item auto
2534 The default libass shaping engine, which is the best available.
2535 @item simple
2536 Fast, font-agnostic shaper that can do only substitutions
2537 @item complex
2538 Slower shaper using OpenType for substitutions and positioning
2539 @end table
2540
2541 The default is @code{auto}.
2542 @end table
2543
2544 @section bbox
2545
2546 Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame
2547 luminance plane.
2548
2549 This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a
2550 luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value.
2551 The parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter
2552 log.
2553
2554 The filter accepts the following option:
2555
2556 @table @option
2557 @item min_val
2558 Set the minimal luminance value. Default is @code{16}.
2559 @end table
2560
2561 @section blackdetect
2562
2563 Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be
2564 useful to detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid
2565 recordings. Output lines contains the time for the start, end and
2566 duration of the detected black interval expressed in seconds.
2567
2568 In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
2569 least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
2570
2571 The filter accepts the following options:
2572
2573 @table @option
2574 @item black_min_duration, d
2575 Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must
2576 be a non-negative floating point number.
2577
2578 Default value is 2.0.
2579
2580 @item picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th
2581 Set the threshold for considering a picture "black".
2582 Express the minimum value for the ratio:
2583 @example
2584 @var{nb_black_pixels} / @var{nb_pixels}
2585 @end example
2586
2587 for which a picture is considered black.
2588 Default value is 0.98.
2589
2590 @item pixel_black_th, pix_th
2591 Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
2592
2593 The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a
2594 pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled according to
2595 the following equation:
2596 @example
2597 @var{absolute_threshold} = @var{luminance_minimum_value} + @var{pixel_black_th} * @var{luminance_range_size}
2598 @end example
2599
2600 @var{luminance_range_size} and @var{luminance_minimum_value} depend on
2601 the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range
2602 formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
2603
2604 Default value is 0.10.
2605 @end table
2606
2607 The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum
2608 value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds:
2609 @example
2610 blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00
2611 @end example
2612
2613 @section blackframe
2614
2615 Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to
2616 detect chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of
2617 the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness,
2618 the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds.
2619
2620 In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
2621 least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
2622
2623 It accepts the following parameters:
2624
2625 @table @option
2626
2627 @item amount
2628 The percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold; it defaults to
2629 @code{98}.
2630
2631 @item threshold, thresh
2632 The threshold below which a pixel value is considered black; it defaults to
2633 @code{32}.
2634
2635 @end table
2636
2637 @section blend
2638
2639 Blend two video frames into each other.
2640
2641 It takes two input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the
2642 "top" layer and second input is "bottom" layer.
2643 Output terminates when shortest input terminates.
2644
2645 A description of the accepted options follows.
2646
2647 @table @option
2648 @item c0_mode
2649 @item c1_mode
2650 @item c2_mode
2651 @item c3_mode
2652 @item all_mode
2653 Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
2654 of @var{all_mode}. Default value is @code{normal}.
2655
2656 Available values for component modes are:
2657 @table @samp
2658 @item addition
2659 @item and
2660 @item average
2661 @item burn
2662 @item darken
2663 @item difference
2664 @item divide
2665 @item dodge
2666 @item exclusion
2667 @item hardlight
2668 @item lighten
2669 @item multiply
2670 @item negation
2671 @item normal
2672 @item or
2673 @item overlay
2674 @item phoenix
2675 @item pinlight
2676 @item reflect
2677 @item screen
2678 @item softlight
2679 @item subtract
2680 @item vividlight
2681 @item xor
2682 @end table
2683
2684 @item c0_opacity
2685 @item c1_opacity
2686 @item c2_opacity
2687 @item c3_opacity
2688 @item all_opacity
2689 Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
2690 of @var{all_opacity}. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes.
2691
2692 @item c0_expr
2693 @item c1_expr
2694 @item c2_expr
2695 @item c3_expr
2696 @item all_expr
2697 Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
2698 of @var{all_expr}. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set.
2699
2700 The expressions can use the following variables:
2701
2702 @table @option
2703 @item N
2704 The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
2705
2706 @item X
2707 @item Y
2708 the coordinates of the current sample
2709
2710 @item W
2711 @item H
2712 the width and height of currently filtered plane
2713
2714 @item SW
2715 @item SH
2716 Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
2717 ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
2718 plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
2719 @code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
2720
2721 @item T
2722 Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
2723
2724 @item TOP, A
2725 Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).
2726
2727 @item BOTTOM, B
2728 Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).
2729 @end table
2730
2731 @item shortest
2732 Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
2733 @item repeatlast
2734 Continue applying the last bottom frame after the end of the stream. A value of
2735 @code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the bottom layer is reached.
2736 Default is @code{1}.
2737 @end table
2738
2739 @subsection Examples
2740
2741 @itemize
2742 @item
2743 Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:
2744 @example
2745 blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'
2746 @end example
2747
2748 @item
2749 Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:
2750 @example
2751 blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'
2752 @end example
2753
2754 @item
2755 Apply uncover left effect:
2756 @example
2757 blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)'
2758 @end example
2759
2760 @item
2761 Apply uncover down effect:
2762 @example
2763 blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)'
2764 @end example
2765
2766 @item
2767 Apply uncover up-left effect:
2768 @example
2769 blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)'
2770 @end example
2771 @end itemize
2772
2773 @section boxblur
2774
2775 Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.
2776
2777 It accepts the following parameters:
2778
2779 @table @option
2780
2781 @item luma_radius, lr
2782 @item luma_power, lp
2783 @item chroma_radius, cr
2784 @item chroma_power, cp
2785 @item alpha_radius, ar
2786 @item alpha_power, ap
2787
2788 @end table
2789
2790 A description of the accepted options follows.
2791
2792 @table @option
2793 @item luma_radius, lr
2794 @item chroma_radius, cr
2795 @item alpha_radius, ar
2796 Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
2797 corresponding input plane.
2798
2799 The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be
2800 greater than the value of the expression @code{min(w,h)/2} for the
2801 luma and alpha planes, and of @code{min(cw,ch)/2} for the chroma
2802 planes.
2803
2804 Default value for @option{luma_radius} is "2". If not specified,
2805 @option{chroma_radius} and @option{alpha_radius} default to the
2806 corresponding value set for @option{luma_radius}.
2807
2808 The expressions can contain the following constants:
2809 @table @option
2810 @item w
2811 @item h
2812 The input width and height in pixels.
2813
2814 @item cw
2815 @item ch
2816 The input chroma image width and height in pixels.
2817
2818 @item hsub
2819 @item vsub
2820 The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
2821 pixel format "yuv422p", @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
2822 @end table
2823
2824 @item luma_power, lp
2825 @item chroma_power, cp
2826 @item alpha_power, ap
2827 Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the
2828 corresponding plane.
2829
2830 Default value for @option{luma_power} is 2. If not specified,
2831 @option{chroma_power} and @option{alpha_power} default to the
2832 corresponding value set for @option{luma_power}.
2833
2834 A value of 0 will disable the effect.
2835 @end table
2836
2837 @subsection Examples
2838
2839 @itemize
2840 @item
2841 Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radii
2842 set to 2:
2843 @example
2844 boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
2845 boxblur=2:1
2846 @end example
2847
2848 @item
2849 Set the luma radius to 2, and alpha and chroma radius to 0:
2850 @example
2851 boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0
2852 @end example
2853
2854 @item
2855 Set the luma and chroma radii to a fraction of the video dimension:
2856 @example
2857 boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1
2858 @end example
2859 @end itemize
2860
2861 @section codecview
2862
2863 Visualize information exported by some codecs.
2864
2865 Some codecs can export information through frames using side-data or other
2866 means. For example, some MPEG based codecs export motion vectors through the
2867 @var{export_mvs} flag in the codec @option{flags2} option.
2868
2869 The filter accepts the following option:
2870
2871 @table @option
2872 @item mv
2873 Set motion vectors to visualize.
2874
2875 Available flags for @var{mv} are:
2876
2877 @table @samp
2878 @item pf
2879 forward predicted MVs of P-frames
2880 @item bf
2881 forward predicted MVs of B-frames
2882 @item bb
2883 backward predicted MVs of B-frames
2884 @end table
2885 @end table
2886
2887 @subsection Examples
2888
2889 @itemize
2890 @item
2891 Visualizes multi-directionals MVs from P and B-Frames using @command{ffplay}:
2892 @example
2893 ffplay -flags2 +export_mvs input.mpg -vf codecview=mv=pf+bf+bb
2894 @end example
2895 @end itemize
2896
2897 @section colorbalance
2898 Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.
2899
2900 The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights
2901 regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance.
2902
2903 A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative
2904 value towards the complementary color.
2905
2906 The filter accepts the following options:
2907
2908 @table @option
2909 @item rs
2910 @item gs
2911 @item bs
2912 Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
2913
2914 @item rm
2915 @item gm
2916 @item bm
2917 Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
2918
2919 @item rh
2920 @item gh
2921 @item bh
2922 Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
2923
2924 Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}.
2925 @end table
2926
2927 @subsection Examples
2928
2929 @itemize
2930 @item
2931 Add red color cast to shadows:
2932 @example
2933 colorbalance=rs=.3
2934 @end example
2935 @end itemize
2936
2937 @section colorchannelmixer
2938
2939 Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.
2940
2941 This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to
2942 the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the value to
2943 modify is red, the output value will be:
2944 @example
2945 @var{red}=@var{red}*@var{rr} + @var{blue}*@var{rb} + @var{green}*@var{rg} + @var{alpha}*@var{ra}
2946 @end example
2947
2948 The filter accepts the following options:
2949
2950 @table @option
2951 @item rr
2952 @item rg
2953 @item rb
2954 @item ra
2955 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel.
2956 Default is @code{1} for @var{rr}, and @code{0} for @var{rg}, @var{rb} and @var{ra}.
2957
2958 @item gr
2959 @item gg
2960 @item gb
2961 @item ga
2962 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel.
2963 Default is @code{1} for @var{gg}, and @code{0} for @var{gr}, @var{gb} and @var{ga}.
2964
2965 @item br
2966 @item bg
2967 @item bb
2968 @item ba
2969 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel.
2970 Default is @code{1} for @var{bb}, and @code{0} for @var{br}, @var{bg} and @var{ba}.
2971
2972 @item ar
2973 @item ag
2974 @item ab
2975 @item aa
2976 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel.
2977 Default is @code{1} for @var{aa}, and @code{0} for @var{ar}, @var{ag} and @var{ab}.
2978
2979 Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-2.0, 2.0]}.
2980 @end table
2981
2982 @subsection Examples
2983
2984 @itemize
2985 @item
2986 Convert source to grayscale:
2987 @example
2988 colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3
2989 @end example
2990 @item
2991 Simulate sepia tones:
2992 @example
2993 colorchannelmixer=.393:.769:.189:0:.349:.686:.168:0:.272:.534:.131
2994 @end example
2995 @end itemize
2996
2997 @section colormatrix
2998
2999 Convert color matrix.
3000
3001 The filter accepts the following options:
3002
3003 @table @option
3004 @item src
3005 @item dst
3006 Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be
3007 specified.
3008
3009 The accepted values are:
3010 @table @samp
3011 @item bt709
3012 BT.709
3013
3014 @item bt601
3015 BT.601
3016
3017 @item smpte240m
3018 SMPTE-240M
3019
3020 @item fcc
3021 FCC
3022 @end table
3023 @end table
3024
3025 For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command:
3026 @example
3027 colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m
3028 @end example
3029
3030 @section copy
3031
3032 Copy the input source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for
3033 testing purposes.
3034
3035 @section crop
3036
3037 Crop the input video to given dimensions.
3038
3039 It accepts the following parameters:
3040
3041 @table @option
3042 @item w, out_w
3043 The width of the output video. It defaults to @code{iw}.
3044 This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
3045 configuration.
3046
3047 @item h, out_h
3048 The height of the output video. It defaults to @code{ih}.
3049 This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
3050 configuration.
3051
3052 @item x
3053 The horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output
3054 video. It defaults to @code{(in_w-out_w)/2}.
3055 This expression is evaluated per-frame.
3056
3057 @item y
3058 The vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video.
3059 It defaults to @code{(in_h-out_h)/2}.
3060 This expression is evaluated per-frame.
3061
3062 @item keep_aspect
3063 If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio
3064 to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect
3065 ratio. It defaults to 0.
3066 @end table
3067
3068 The @var{out_w}, @var{out_h}, @var{x}, @var{y} parameters are
3069 expressions containing the following constants:
3070
3071 @table @option
3072 @item x
3073 @item y
3074 The computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
3075 each new frame.
3076
3077 @item in_w
3078 @item in_h
3079 The input width and height.
3080
3081 @item iw
3082 @item ih
3083 These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
3084
3085 @item out_w
3086 @item out_h
3087 The output (cropped) width and height.
3088
3089 @item ow
3090 @item oh
3091 These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
3092
3093 @item a
3094 same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
3095
3096 @item sar
3097 input sample aspect ratio
3098
3099 @item dar
3100 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
3101
3102 @item hsub
3103 @item vsub
3104 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
3105 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
3106
3107 @item n
3108 The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
3109
3110 @item pos
3111 the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
3112
3113 @item t
3114 The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
3115
3116 @end table
3117
3118 The expression for @var{out_w} may depend on the value of @var{out_h},
3119 and the expression for @var{out_h} may depend on @var{out_w}, but they
3120 cannot depend on @var{x} and @var{y}, as @var{x} and @var{y} are
3121 evaluated after @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
3122
3123 The @var{x} and @var{y} parameters specify the expressions for the
3124 position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They
3125 are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it
3126 is approximated to the nearest valid value.
3127
3128 The expression for @var{x} may depend on @var{y}, and the expression
3129 for @var{y} may depend on @var{x}.
3130
3131 @subsection Examples
3132
3133 @itemize
3134 @item
3135 Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).
3136 @example
3137 crop=100:100:12:34
3138 @end example
3139
3140 Using named options, the example above becomes:
3141 @example
3142 crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34
3143 @end example
3144
3145 @item
3146 Crop the central input area with size 100x100:
3147 @example
3148 crop=100:100
3149 @end example
3150
3151 @item
3152 Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:
3153 @example
3154 crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h
3155 @end example
3156
3157 @item
3158 Crop the input video central square:
3159 @example
3160 crop=out_w=in_h
3161 crop=in_h
3162 @end example
3163
3164 @item
3165 Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position
3166 100:100 and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom
3167 corner of the input image.
3168 @example
3169 crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100
3170 @end example
3171
3172 @item
3173 Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from
3174 the top and bottom borders
3175 @example
3176 crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20
3177 @end example
3178
3179 @item
3180 Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:
3181 @example
3182 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2
3183 @end example
3184
3185 @item
3186 Crop height for getting Greek harmony:
3187 @example
3188 crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w
3189 @end example
3190
3191 @item
3192 Appply trembling effect:
3193 @example
3194 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)
3195 @end example
3196
3197 @item
3198 Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:
3199 @example
3200 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"
3201 @end example
3202
3203 @item
3204 Set x depending on the value of y:
3205 @example
3206 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)
3207 @end example
3208 @end itemize
3209
3210 @section cropdetect
3211
3212 Auto-detect the crop size.
3213
3214 It calculates the necessary cropping parameters and prints the
3215 recommended parameters via the logging system. The detected dimensions
3216 correspond to the non-black area of the input video.
3217
3218 It accepts the following parameters:
3219
3220 @table @option
3221
3222 @item limit
3223 Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified
3224 from nothing (0) to everything (255). An intensity value greater
3225 to the set value is considered non-black. It defaults to 24.
3226
3227 @item round
3228 The value which the width/height should be divisible by. It defaults to
3229 16. The offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to
3230 get only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when
3231 encoding to most video codecs.
3232
3233 @item reset_count, reset
3234 Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will
3235 reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to
3236 detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
3237
3238 This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0
3239 indicates 'never reset', and returns the largest area encountered during
3240 playback.
3241 @end table
3242
3243 @anchor{curves}
3244 @section curves
3245
3246 Apply color adjustments using curves.
3247
3248 This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each
3249 component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by @var{N} key points
3250 tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis represents the pixel
3251 values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new pixel values to be set for
3252 the output frame.
3253
3254 By default, a component curve is defined by the two points @var{(0;0)} and
3255 @var{(1;1)}. This creates a straight line where each original pixel value is
3256 "adjusted" to its own value, which means no change to the image.
3257
3258 The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new
3259 curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass
3260 smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined points needs to be
3261 strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their @var{x} and @var{y} values must
3262 be in the @var{[0;1]} interval. If the computed curves happened to go outside
3263 the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly.
3264
3265 If there is no key point defined in @code{x=0}, the filter will automatically
3266 insert a @var{(0;0)} point. In the same way, if there is no key point defined
3267 in @code{x=1}, the filter will automatically insert a @var{(1;1)} point.
3268
3269 The filter accepts the following options:
3270
3271 @table @option
3272 @item preset
3273 Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition
3274 to the @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} parameters; in this case, the later
3275 options takes priority on the preset values.
3276 Available presets are:
3277 @table @samp
3278 @item none
3279 @item color_negative
3280 @item cross_process
3281 @item darker
3282 @item increase_contrast
3283 @item lighter
3284 @item linear_contrast
3285 @item medium_contrast
3286 @item negative
3287 @item strong_contrast
3288 @item vintage
3289 @end table
3290 Default is @code{none}.
3291 @item master, m
3292 Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It
3293 is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with
3294 @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} or @option{all} since it acts like a
3295 post-processing LUT.
3296 @item red, r
3297 Set the key points for the red component.
3298 @item green, g
3299 Set the key points for the green component.
3300 @item blue, b
3301 Set the key points for the blue component.
3302 @item all
3303 Set the key points for all components (not including master).
3304 Can be used in addition to the other key points component
3305 options. In this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this
3306 @option{all} setting.
3307 @item psfile
3308 Specify a Photoshop curves file (@code{.asv}) to import the settings from.
3309 @end table
3310
3311 To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be
3312 defined using the following syntax: @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}.
3313
3314 @subsection Examples
3315
3316 @itemize
3317 @item
3318 Increase slightly the middle level of blue:
3319 @example
3320 curves=blue='0.5/0.58'
3321 @end example
3322
3323 @item
3324 Vintage effect:
3325 @example
3326 curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0.50/0.48':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'
3327 @end example
3328 Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components:
3329 @table @var
3330 @item red
3331 @code{(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)}
3332 @item green
3333 @code{(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)}
3334 @item blue
3335 @code{(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)}
3336 @end table
3337
3338 @item
3339 The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset:
3340 @example
3341 curves=preset=vintage
3342 @end example
3343
3344 @item
3345 Or simply:
3346 @example
3347 curves=vintage
3348 @end example
3349
3350 @item
3351 Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component:
3352 @example
3353 curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.asv':green='0.45/0.53'
3354 @end example
3355 @end itemize
3356
3357 @section dctdnoiz
3358
3359 Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering).
3360
3361 This filter is not designed for real time.
3362
3363 The filter accepts the following options:
3364
3365 @table @option
3366 @item sigma, s
3367 Set the noise sigma constant.
3368
3369 This @var{sigma} defines a hard threshold of @code{3 * sigma}; every DCT
3370 coefficient (absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped.
3371
3372 If you need a more advanced filtering, see @option{expr}.
3373
3374 Default is @code{0}.
3375
3376 @item overlap
3377 Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Since the filter can be slow, you
3378 may want to reduce this value, at the cost of a less effective filter and the
3379 risk of various artefacts.
3380
3381 If the overlapping value doesn't allow to process the whole input width or
3382 height, a warning will be displayed and according borders won't be denoised.
3383
3384 Default value is @var{blocksize}-1, which is the best possible setting.
3385
3386 @item expr, e
3387 Set the coefficient factor expression.
3388
3389 For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a
3390 multiplier value for the coefficient.
3391
3392 If this is option is set, the @option{sigma} option will be ignored.
3393
3394 The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the @var{c}
3395 variable.
3396
3397 @item n
3398 Set the @var{blocksize} using the number of bits. @code{1<<@var{n}} defines the
3399 @var{blocksize}, which is the width and height of the processed blocks.
3400
3401 The default value is @var{3} (8x8) and can be raised to @var{4} for a
3402 @var{blocksize} of 16x16. Note that changing this setting has huge consequences
3403 on the speed processing. Also, a larger block size does not necessarily means a
3404 better de-noising.
3405 @end table
3406
3407 @subsection Examples
3408
3409 Apply a denoise with a @option{sigma} of @code{4.5}:
3410 @example
3411 dctdnoiz=4.5
3412 @end example
3413
3414 The same operation can be achieved using the expression system:
3415 @example
3416 dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)'
3417 @end example
3418
3419 Violent denoise using a block size of @code{16x16}:
3420 @example
3421 dctdnoiz=15:n=4
3422 @end example
3423
3424 @anchor{decimate}
3425 @section decimate
3426
3427 Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.
3428
3429 The filter accepts the following options:
3430
3431 @table @option
3432 @item cycle
3433 Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to
3434 @var{N} means one frame in every batch of @var{N} frames will be dropped.
3435 Default is @code{5}.
3436
3437 @item dupthresh
3438 Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame
3439 is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default
3440 is @code{1.1}
3441
3442 @item scthresh
3443 Set scene change threshold. Default is @code{15}.
3444
3445 @item blockx
3446 @item blocky
3447 Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.
3448 Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of
3449 small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is @code{32}.
3450
3451 @item ppsrc
3452 Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input
3453 stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help
3454 the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to
3455 @code{1}, the first stream is for the pre-processed input, and the second
3456 stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is
3457 @code{0}.
3458
3459 @item chroma
3460 Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is
3461 @code{1}.
3462 @end table
3463
3464 @section dejudder
3465
3466 Remove judder produced by partially interlaced telecined content.
3467
3468 Judder can be introduced, for instance, by @ref{pullup} filter. If the original
3469 source was partially telecined content then the output of @code{pullup,dejudder}
3470 will have a variable frame rate. May change the recorded frame rate of the
3471 container. Aside from that change, this filter will not affect constant frame
3472 rate video.
3473
3474 The option available in this filter is:
3475 @table @option
3476
3477 @item cycle
3478 Specify the length of the window over which the judder repeats.
3479
3480 Accepts any integer greater than 1. Useful values are:
3481 @table @samp
3482
3483 @item 4
3484 If the original was telecined from 24 to 30 fps (Film to NTSC).
3485
3486 @item 5
3487 If the original was telecined from 25 to 30 fps (PAL to NTSC).
3488
3489 @item 20
3490 If a mixture of the two.
3491 @end table
3492
3493 The default is @samp{4}.
3494 @end table
3495
3496 @section delogo
3497
3498 Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
3499 pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear
3500 (and sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
3501
3502 It accepts the following parameters:
3503 @table @option
3504
3505 @item x
3506 @item y
3507 Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be
3508 specified.
3509
3510 @item w
3511 @item h
3512 Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be
3513 specified.
3514
3515 @item band, t
3516 Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to
3517 @var{w} and @var{h}). The default value is 4.
3518
3519 @item show
3520 When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify
3521 finding the right @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, and @var{h} parameters.
3522 The default value is 0.
3523
3524 The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly)
3525 replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next pixels
3526 immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used to
3527 compute the interpolated pixel values inside the rectangle.
3528
3529 @end table
3530
3531 @subsection Examples
3532
3533 @itemize
3534 @item
3535 Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0
3536 and size 100x77, and a band of size 10:
3537 @example
3538 delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10
3539 @end example
3540
3541 @end itemize
3542
3543 @section deshake
3544
3545 Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This
3546 filter helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a
3547 tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc.
3548
3549 The filter accepts the following options:
3550
3551 @table @option
3552
3553 @item x
3554 @item y
3555 @item w
3556 @item h
3557 Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion
3558 vectors.
3559 If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a
3560 rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width
3561 and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox
3562 filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding
3563 box.
3564
3565 This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame
3566 might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector search.
3567
3568 If any or all of @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} are set to -1
3569 then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set
3570 without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search.
3571
3572 Default - search the whole frame.
3573
3574 @item rx
3575 @item ry
3576 Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the
3577 range 0-64 pixels. Default 16.
3578
3579 @item edge
3580 Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the
3581 frame. Available values are:
3582 @table @samp
3583 @item blank, 0
3584 Fill zeroes at blank locations
3585 @item original, 1
3586 Original image at blank locations
3587 @item clamp, 2
3588 Extruded edge value at blank locations
3589 @item mirror, 3
3590 Mirrored edge at blank locations
3591 @end table
3592 Default value is @samp{mirror}.
3593
3594 @item blocksize
3595 Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels,
3596 default 8.
3597
3598 @item contrast
3599 Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than
3600 the specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest
3601 pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
3602
3603 @item search
3604 Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
3605 @table @samp
3606 @item exhaustive, 0
3607 Set exhaustive search
3608 @item less, 1
3609 Set less exhaustive search.
3610 @end table
3611 Default value is @samp{exhaustive}.
3612
3613 @item filename
3614 If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the
3615 specified file.
3616
3617 @item opencl
3618 If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
3619 FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
3620
3621 @end table
3622
3623 @section drawbox
3624
3625 Draw a colored box on the input image.
3626
3627 It accepts the following parameters:
3628
3629 @table @option
3630 @item x
3631 @item y
3632 The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. It defaults to 0.
3633
3634 @item width, w
3635 @item height, h
3636 The expressions which specify the width and height of the box; if 0 they are interpreted as
3637 the input width and height. It defaults to 0.
3638
3639 @item color, c
3640 Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option,
3641 check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
3642 value @code{invert} is used, the box edge color is the same as the
3643 video with inverted luma.
3644
3645 @item thickness, t
3646 The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. Default value is @code{3}.
3647
3648 See below for the list of accepted constants.
3649 @end table
3650
3651 The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
3652 following constants:
3653
3654 @table @option
3655 @item dar
3656 The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
3657
3658 @item hsub
3659 @item vsub
3660 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
3661 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
3662
3663 @item in_h, ih
3664 @item in_w, iw
3665 The input width and height.
3666
3667 @item sar
3668 The input sample aspect ratio.
3669
3670 @item x
3671 @item y
3672 The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.
3673
3674 @item w
3675 @item h
3676 The width and height of the drawn box.
3677
3678 @item t
3679 The thickness of the drawn box.
3680
3681 These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
3682 each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
3683
3684 @end table
3685
3686 @subsection Examples
3687
3688 @itemize
3689 @item
3690 Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:
3691 @example
3692 drawbox
3693 @end example
3694
3695 @item
3696 Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:
3697 @example
3698 drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@@0.5
3699 @end example
3700
3701 The previous example can be specified as:
3702 @example
3703 drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@@0.5
3704 @end example
3705
3706 @item
3707 Fill the box with pink color:
3708 @example
3709 drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@@0.5:t=max
3710 @end example
3711
3712 @item
3713 Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:
3714 @example
3715 drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red
3716 @end example
3717 @end itemize
3718
3719 @section drawgrid
3720
3721 Draw a grid on the input image.
3722
3723 It accepts the following parameters:
3724
3725 @table @option
3726 @item x
3727 @item y
3728 The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0.
3729
3730 @item width, w
3731 @item height, h
3732 The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are interpreted as the
3733 input width and height, respectively, minus @code{thickness}, so image gets
3734 framed. Default to 0.
3735
3736 @item color, c
3737 Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option,
3738 check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
3739 value @code{invert} is used, the grid color is the same as the
3740 video with inverted luma.
3741
3742 @item thickness, t
3743 The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is @code{1}.
3744
3745 See below for the list of accepted constants.
3746 @end table
3747
3748 The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
3749 following constants:
3750
3751 @table @option
3752 @item dar
3753 The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
3754
3755 @item hsub
3756 @item vsub
3757 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
3758 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
3759
3760 @item in_h, ih
3761 @item in_w, iw
3762 The input grid cell width and height.
3763
3764 @item sar
3765 The input sample aspect ratio.
3766
3767 @item x
3768 @item y
3769 The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset).
3770
3771 @item w
3772 @item h
3773 The width and height of the drawn cell.
3774
3775 @item t
3776 The thickness of the drawn cell.
3777
3778 These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
3779 each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
3780
3781 @end table
3782
3783 @subsection Examples
3784
3785 @itemize
3786 @item
3787 Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity of 50%:
3788 @example
3789 drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:color=red@@0.5
3790 @end example
3791
3792 @item
3793 Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%:
3794 @example
3795 drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:c=white@@0.5
3796 @end example
3797 @end itemize
3798
3799 @anchor{drawtext}
3800 @section drawtext
3801
3802 Draw a text string or text from a specified file on top of a video, using the
3803 libfreetype library.
3804
3805 To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
3806 @code{--enable-libfreetype}.
3807 To enable default font fallback and the @var{font} option you need to
3808 configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libfontconfig}.
3809 To enable the @var{text_shaping} option, you need to configure FFmpeg with
3810 @code{--enable-libfribidi}.
3811
3812 @subsection Syntax
3813
3814 It accepts the following parameters:
3815
3816 @table @option
3817
3818 @item box
3819 Used to draw a box around text using the background color.
3820 The value must be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable).
3821 The default value of @var{box} is 0.
3822
3823 @item boxcolor
3824 The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this
3825 option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
3826
3827 The default value of @var{boxcolor} is "white".
3828
3829 @item borderw
3830 Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using @var{bordercolor}.
3831 The default value of @var{borderw} is 0.
3832
3833 @item bordercolor
3834 Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this
3835 option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
3836
3837 The default value of @var{bordercolor} is "black".
3838
3839 @item expansion
3840 Select how the @var{text} is expanded. Can be either @code{none},
3841 @code{strftime} (deprecated) or
3842 @code{normal} (default). See the @ref{drawtext_expansion, Text expansion} section
3843 below for details.
3844
3845 @item fix_bounds
3846 If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
3847
3848 @item fontcolor
3849 The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check
3850 the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
3851
3852 The default value of @var{fontcolor} is "black".
3853
3854 @item fontcolor_expr
3855 String which is expanded the same way as @var{text} to obtain dynamic
3856 @var{fontcolor} value. By default this option has empty value and is not
3857 processed. When this option is set, it overrides @var{fontcolor} option.
3858
3859 @item font
3860 The font family to be used for drawing text. By default Sans.
3861
3862 @item fontfile
3863 The font file to be used for drawing text. The path must be included.
3864 This parameter is mandatory if the fontconfig support is disabled.
3865
3866 @item fontsize
3867 The font size to be used for drawing text.
3868 The default value of @var{fontsize} is 16.
3869
3870 @item text_shaping
3871 If set to 1, attempt to shape the text (for example, reverse the order of
3872 right-to-left text and join Arabic characters) before drawing it.
3873 Otherwise, just draw the text exactly as given.
3874 By default 1 (if supported).
3875
3876 @item ft_load_flags
3877 The flags to be used for loading the fonts.
3878
3879 The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are
3880 a combination of the following values:
3881 @table @var
3882 @item default
3883 @item no_scale
3884 @item no_hinting
3885 @item render
3886 @item no_bitmap
3887 @item vertical_layout
3888 @item force_autohint
3889 @item crop_bitmap
3890 @item pedantic
3891 @item ignore_global_advance_width
3892 @item no_recurse
3893 @item ignore_transform
3894 @item monochrome
3895 @item linear_design
3896 @item no_autohint
3897 @end table
3898
3899 Default value is "default".
3900
3901 For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_*
3902 libfreetype flags.
3903
3904 @item shadowcolor
3905 The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the
3906 syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
3907
3908 The default value of @var{shadowcolor} is "black".
3909
3910 @item shadowx
3911 @item shadowy
3912 The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the
3913 position of the text. They can be either positive or negative
3914 values. The default value for both is "0".
3915
3916 @item start_number
3917 The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value
3918 is "0".
3919
3920 @item tabsize
3921 The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab.
3922 Default value is 4.
3923
3924 @item timecode
3925 Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff"
3926 format. It can be used with or without text parameter. @var{timecode_rate}
3927 option must be specified.
3928
3929 @item timecode_rate, rate, r
3930 Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only).
3931
3932 @item text
3933 The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8
3934 encoded characters.
3935 This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter
3936 @var{textfile}.
3937
3938 @item textfile
3939 A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence
3940 of UTF-8 encoded characters.
3941
3942 This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the
3943 parameter @var{text}.
3944
3945 If both @var{text} and @var{textfile} are specified, an error is thrown.
3946
3947 @item reload
3948 If set to 1, the @var{textfile} will be reloaded before each frame.
3949 Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.
3950
3951 @item x
3952 @item y
3953 The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn
3954 within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the
3955 output image.
3956
3957 The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is "0".
3958
3959 See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.
3960 @end table
3961
3962 The parameters for @var{x} and @var{y} are expressions containing the
3963 following constants and functions:
3964
3965 @table @option
3966 @item dar
3967 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}
3968
3969 @item hsub
3970 @item vsub
3971 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
3972 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
3973
3974 @item line_h, lh
3975 the height of each text line
3976
3977 @item main_h, h, H
3978 the input height
3979
3980 @item main_w, w, W
3981 the input width
3982
3983 @item max_glyph_a, ascent
3984 the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid
3985 coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
3986 glyphs.
3987 It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y axis
3988 upwards.
3989
3990 @item max_glyph_d, descent
3991 the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate
3992 used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.
3993 This is a negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis
3994 upwards.
3995
3996 @item max_glyph_h
3997 maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs
3998 contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to @var{ascent} -
3999 @var{descent}.
4000
4001 @item max_glyph_w
4002 maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs
4003 contained in the rendered text
4004
4005 @item n
4006 the number of input frame, starting from 0
4007
4008 @item rand(min, max)
4009 return a random number included between @var{min} and @var{max}
4010
4011 @item sar
4012 The input sample aspect ratio.
4013
4014 @item t
4015 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
4016
4017 @item text_h, th
4018 the height of the rendered text
4019
4020 @item text_w, tw
4021 the width of the rendered text
4022
4023 @item x
4024 @item y
4025 the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.
4026
4027 These parameters allow the @var{x} and @var{y} expressions to refer
4028 each other, so you can for example specify @code{y=x/dar}.
4029 @end table
4030
4031 @anchor{drawtext_expansion}
4032 @subsection Text expansion
4033
4034 If @option{expansion} is set to @code{strftime},
4035 the filter recognizes strftime() sequences in the provided text and
4036 expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This
4037 feature is deprecated.
4038
4039 If @option{expansion} is set to @code{none}, the text is printed verbatim.
4040
4041 If @option{expansion} is set to @code{normal} (which is the default),
4042 the following expansion mechanism is used.
4043
4044 The backslash character '\', followed by any character, always expands to
4045 the second character.
4046
4047 Sequence of the form @code{%@{...@}} are expanded. The text between the
4048 braces is a function name, possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'.
4049 If the arguments contain special characters or delimiters (':' or '@}'),
4050 they should be escaped.
4051
4052 Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the
4053 @option{text} option in the filter argument string and as the filter
4054 argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell,
4055 that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these
4056 problems.
4057
4058 The following functions are available:
4059
4060 @table @command
4061
4062 @item expr, e
4063 The expression evaluation result.
4064
4065 It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated,
4066 which accepts the same constants and functions as the @var{x} and
4067 @var{y} values. Note that not all constants should be used, for
4068 example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so
4069 the constants @var{text_w} and @var{text_h} will have an undefined
4070 value.
4071
4072 @item expr_int_format, eif
4073 Evaluate the expression's value and output as formatted integer.
4074
4075 The first argument is the expression to be evaluated, just as for the @var{expr} function.
4076 The second argument specifies the output format. Allowed values are 'x', 'X', 'd' and
4077 'u'. They are treated exactly as in the printf function.
4078 The third parameter is optional and sets the number of positions taken by the output.
4079 It can be used to add padding with zeros from the left.
4080
4081 @item gmtime
4082 The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC.
4083 It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
4084
4085 @item localtime
4086 The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.
4087 It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
4088
4089 @item metadata
4090 Frame metadata. It must take one argument specifying metadata key.
4091
4092 @item n, frame_num
4093 The frame number, starting from 0.
4094
4095 @item pict_type
4096 A 1 character description of the current picture type.
4097
4098 @item pts
4099 The timestamp of the current frame.
4100 It can take up to two arguments.
4101
4102 The first argument is the format of the timestamp; it defaults to @code{flt}
4103 for seconds as a decimal number with microsecond accuracy; @code{hms} stands
4104 for a formatted @var{[-]HH:MM:SS.mmm} timestamp with millisecond accuracy.
4105
4106 The second argument is an offset added to the timestamp.
4107
4108 @end table
4109
4110 @subsection Examples
4111
4112 @itemize
4113 @item
4114 Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the
4115 optional parameters.
4116
4117 @example
4118 drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"
4119 @end example
4120
4121 @item
4122 Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100
4123 and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is
4124 yellow with a red box around it. Both the text and the box have an
4125 opacity of 20%.
4126
4127 @example
4128 drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
4129 x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@@0.2"
4130 @end example
4131
4132 Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used
4133 within the parameter list.
4134
4135 @item
4136 Show the text at the center of the video frame:
4137 @example
4138 drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h-line_h)/2"
4139 @end example
4140
4141 @item
4142 Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video
4143 frame. The file @file{LONG_LINE} is assumed to contain a single line
4144 with no newlines.
4145 @example
4146 drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"
4147 @end example
4148
4149 @item
4150 Show the content of file @file{CREDITS} off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.
4151 @example
4152 drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"
4153 @end example
4154
4155 @item
4156 Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video.
4157 The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
4158 @example
4159 drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"
4160 @end example
4161
4162 @item
4163 Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:
4164 @example
4165 drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"
4166 @end example
4167
4168 @item
4169 Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
4170 @example
4171 drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'
4172 @end example
4173
4174 @item
4175 Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):
4176 @example
4177 drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%@{localtime\:%a %b %d %Y@}'
4178 @end example
4179
4180 @item
4181 Show text fading in and out (appearing/disappearing):
4182 @example
4183 #!/bin/sh
4184 DS=1.0 # display start
4185 DE=10.0 # display end
4186 FID=1.5 # fade in duration
4187 FOD=5 # fade out duration
4188 ffplay -f lavfi "color,drawtext=text=TEST:fontsize=50:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor_expr=ff0000%@{eif\\\\: clip(255*(1*between(t\\, $DS + $FID\\, $DE - $FOD) + ((t - $DS)/$FID)*between(t\\, $DS\\, $DS + $FID) + (-(t - $DE)/$FOD)*between(t\\, $DE - $FOD\\, $DE) )\\, 0\\, 255) \\\\: x\\\\: 2 @}"
4189 @end example
4190
4191 @end itemize
4192
4193 For more information about libfreetype, check:
4194 @url{http://www.freetype.org/}.
4195
4196 For more information about fontconfig, check:
4197 @url{http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html}.
4198
4199 For more information about libfribidi, check:
4200 @url{http://fribidi.org/}.
4201
4202 @section edgedetect
4203
4204 Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.
4205
4206 The filter accepts the following options:
4207
4208 @table @option
4209 @item low
4210 @item high
4211 Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding
4212 algorithm.
4213
4214 The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then
4215 connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected
4216 by the low threshold.
4217
4218 @var{low} and @var{high} threshold values must be chosen in the range
4219 [0,1], and @var{low} should be lesser or equal to @var{high}.
4220
4221 Default value for @var{low} is @code{20/255}, and default value for @var{high}
4222 is @code{50/255}.
4223
4224 @item mode
4225 Define the drawing mode.
4226
4227 @table @samp
4228 @item wires
4229 Draw white/gray wires on black background.
4230
4231 @item colormix
4232 Mix the colors to create a paint/cartoon effect.
4233 @end table
4234
4235 Default value is @var{wires}.
4236 @end table
4237
4238 @subsection Examples
4239
4240 @itemize
4241 @item
4242 Standard edge detection with custom values for the hysteresis thresholding:
4243 @example
4244 edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4
4245 @end example
4246
4247 @item
4248 Painting effect without thresholding:
4249 @example
4250 edgedetect=mode=colormix:high=0
4251 @end example
4252 @end itemize
4253
4254 @section extractplanes
4255
4256 Extract color channel components from input video stream into
4257 separate grayscale video streams.
4258
4259 The filter accepts the following option:
4260
4261 @table @option
4262 @item planes
4263 Set plane(s) to extract.
4264
4265 Available values for planes are:
4266 @table @samp
4267 @item y
4268 @item u
4269 @item v
4270 @item a
4271 @item r
4272 @item g
4273 @item b
4274 @end table
4275
4276 Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error.
4277 That means you cannot select @code{r}, @code{g}, @code{b} planes
4278 with @code{y}, @code{u}, @code{v} planes at same time.
4279 @end table
4280
4281 @subsection Examples
4282
4283 @itemize
4284 @item
4285 Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame
4286 into 3 grayscale outputs:
4287 @example
4288 ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi
4289 @end example
4290 @end itemize
4291
4292 @section elbg
4293
4294 Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm.
4295
4296 For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping from
4297 the input to the output given the codebook length, that is the number
4298 of distinct output colors.
4299
4300 This filter accepts the following options.
4301
4302 @table @option
4303 @item codebook_length, l
4304 Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and
4305 represents the number of distinct output colors. Default value is 256.
4306
4307 @item nb_steps, n
4308 Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal
4309 mapping. The higher the value the better the result and the higher the
4310 computation time. Default value is 1.
4311
4312 @item seed, s
4313 Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and
4314 UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter
4315 will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
4316 @end table
4317
4318 @section fade
4319
4320 Apply a fade-in/out effect to the input video.
4321
4322 It accepts the following parameters:
4323
4324 @table @option
4325 @item type, t
4326 The effect type can be either "in" for a fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out
4327 effect.
4328 Default is @code{in}.
4329
4330 @item start_frame, s
4331 Specify the number of the frame to start applying the fade
4332 effect at. Default is 0.
4333
4334 @item nb_frames, n
4335 The number of frames that the fade effect lasts. At the end of the
4336 fade-in effect, the output video will have the same intensity as the input video.
4337 At the end of the fade-out transition, the output video will be filled with the
4338 selected @option{color}.
4339 Default is 25.
4340
4341 @item alpha
4342 If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input.
4343 Default value is 0.
4344
4345 @item start_time, st
4346 Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade
4347 effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will start at
4348 whichever comes last. Default is 0.
4349
4350 @item duration, d
4351 The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
4352 fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video,
4353 at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the
4354 selected @option{color}.
4355 If both duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0.
4356
4357 @item color, c
4358 Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".
4359 @end table
4360
4361 @subsection Examples
4362
4363 @itemize
4364 @item
4365 Fade in the first 30 frames of video:
4366 @example
4367 fade=in:0:30
4368 @end example
4369
4370 The command above is equivalent to:
4371 @example
4372 fade=t=in:s=0:n=30
4373 @end example
4374
4375 @item
4376 Fade out the last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:
4377 @example
4378 fade=out:155:45
4379 fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45
4380 @end example
4381
4382 @item
4383 Fade in the first 25 frames and fade out the last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:
4384 @example
4385 fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25
4386 @end example
4387
4388 @item
4389 Make the first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:
4390 @example
4391 fade=in:5:20:color=yellow
4392 @end example
4393
4394 @item
4395 Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:
4396 @example
4397 fade=in:0:25:alpha=1
4398 @end example
4399
4400 @item
4401 Make the first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:
4402 @example
4403 fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5
4404 @end example
4405
4406 @end itemize
4407
4408 @section field
4409
4410 Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride
4411 arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as
4412 non-interlaced.
4413
4414 The filter accepts the following options:
4415
4416 @table @option
4417 @item type
4418 Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is @code{0} or
4419 @code{top}) or the bottom field (if the value is @code{1} or
4420 @code{bottom}).
4421 @end table
4422
4423 @section fieldmatch
4424
4425 Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the
4426 progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated
4427 frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine @code{fieldmatch} needs to be
4428 followed by a decimation filter such as @ref{decimate} in the filtergraph.
4429
4430 The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by
4431 the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two.
4432 If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content,
4433 @code{fieldmatch} will not be able to match fields for the interlaced parts.
4434 But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be
4435 de-interlaced by a later filter such as @ref{yadif} before decimation.
4436
4437 In addition to the various configuration options, @code{fieldmatch} can take an
4438 optional second stream, activated through the @option{ppsrc} option. If
4439 enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from
4440 this second stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to
4441 help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless
4442 (assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser,
4443 or brightness/contrast adjustments can help.
4444
4445 Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project)
4446 and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from
4447 which @code{fieldmatch} is based on. While the semantic and usage are very
4448 close, some behaviour and options names can differ.
4449
4450 The @ref{decimate} filter currently only works for constant frame rate input.
4451 Do not use @code{fieldmatch} and @ref{decimate} if your input has mixed
4452 telecined and progressive content with changing framerate.
4453
4454 The filter accepts the following options:
4455
4456 @table @option
4457 @item order
4458 Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:
4459
4460 @table @samp
4461 @item auto
4462 Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).
4463 @item bff
4464 Assume bottom field first.
4465 @item tff
4466 Assume top field first.
4467 @end table
4468
4469 Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the
4470 stream.
4471
4472 Default value is @var{auto}.
4473
4474 @item mode
4475 Set the matching mode or strategy to use. @option{pc} mode is the safest in the
4476 sense that it won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when
4477 possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up
4478 outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the other
4479 hand, @option{pcn_ub} mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness,
4480 but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are
4481 all somewhere in between @option{pc} and @option{pcn_ub} in terms of risking
4482 jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections
4483 with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc.
4484
4485 More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in @ref{p/c/n/u/b meaning} section.
4486
4487 Available values are:
4488
4489 @table @samp
4490 @item pc
4491 2-way matching (p/c)
4492 @item pc_n
4493 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
4494 @item pc_u
4495 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)
4496 @item pc_n_ub
4497 2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if
4498 still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
4499 @item pcn
4500 3-way matching (p/c/n)
4501 @item pcn_ub
4502 3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are
4503 detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
4504 @end table
4505
4506 The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that
4507 mode assuming @option{order}=@var{tff} (and @option{field} on @var{auto} or
4508 @var{top}).
4509
4510 In terms of speed @option{pc} mode is by far the fastest and @option{pcn_ub} is
4511 the slowest.
4512
4513 Default value is @var{pc_n}.
4514
4515 @item ppsrc
4516 Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary
4517 input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter
4518 introduction for more details. It is similar to the @option{clip2} feature from
4519 VFM/TFM.
4520
4521 Default value is @code{0} (disabled).
4522
4523 @item field
4524 Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as
4525 @option{order} unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In
4526 certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a
4527 large impact on matching performance. Available values are:
4528
4529 @table @samp
4530 @item auto
4531 Automatic (same value as @option{order}).
4532 @item bottom
4533 Match from the bottom field.
4534 @item top
4535 Match from the top field.
4536 @end table
4537
4538 Default value is @var{auto}.
4539
4540 @item mchroma
4541 Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most
4542 cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to @code{0}
4543 only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other
4544 artifacts. Setting this to @code{0} could also be used to speed things up at
4545 the cost of some accuracy.
4546
4547 Default value is @code{1}.
4548
4549 @item y0
4550 @item y1
4551 These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between @option{y0} and
4552 @option{y1} from being included in the field matching decision. An exclusion
4553 band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may
4554 interfere with the matching. @option{y0} sets the starting scan line and
4555 @option{y1} sets the ending line; all lines in between @option{y0} and
4556 @option{y1} (including @option{y0} and @option{y1}) will be ignored. Setting
4557 @option{y0} and @option{y1} to the same value will disable the feature.
4558 @option{y0} and @option{y1} defaults to @code{0}.
4559
4560 @item scthresh
4561 Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on
4562 the luma plane. Good values are in the @code{[8.0, 14.0]} range. Scene change
4563 detection is only relevant in case @option{combmatch}=@var{sc}. The range for
4564 @option{scthresh} is @code{[0.0, 100.0]}.
4565
4566 Default value is @code{12.0}.
4567
4568 @item combmatch
4569 When @option{combatch} is not @var{none}, @code{fieldmatch} will take into
4570 account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the
4571 final match. Available values are:
4572
4573 @table @samp
4574 @item none
4575 No final matching based on combed scores.
4576 @item sc
4577 Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
4578 @item full
4579 Use combed scores all the time.
4580 @end table
4581
4582 Default is @var{sc}.
4583
4584 @item combdbg
4585 Force @code{fieldmatch} to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and
4586 print them. This setting is known as @option{micout} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
4587 Available values are:
4588
4589 @table @samp
4590 @item none
4591 No forced calculation.
4592 @item pcn
4593 Force p/c/n calculations.
4594 @item pcnub
4595 Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
4596 @end table
4597
4598 Default value is @var{none}.
4599
4600 @item cthresh
4601 This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This
4602 essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected.
4603 Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing
4604 can be less visible or strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from
4605 @code{-1} (every pixel will be detected as combed) to @code{255} (no pixel will
4606 be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good
4607 range is @code{[8, 12]}.
4608
4609 Default value is @code{9}.
4610
4611 @item chroma
4612 Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision. Only
4613 disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are
4614 causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually,
4615 using @option{chroma}=@var{0} is usually more reliable, except for the case
4616 where there is chroma only combing in the source.
4617
4618 Default value is @code{0}.
4619
4620 @item blockx
4621 @item blocky
4622 Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed
4623 frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which
4624 @option{combpel} pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be
4625 declared combed. See the @option{combpel} parameter description for more info.
4626 Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up
4627 to 512.
4628
4629 Default value is @code{16}.
4630
4631 @item combpel
4632 The number of combed pixels inside any of the @option{blocky} by
4633 @option{blockx} size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as
4634 combed. While @option{cthresh} controls how "visible" the combing must be, this
4635 setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a
4636 window defined by the @option{blockx} and @option{blocky} settings) on the
4637 frame. Minimum value is @code{0} and maximum is @code{blocky x blockx} (at
4638 which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known
4639 as @option{MI} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
4640
4641 Default value is @code{80}.
4642 @end table
4643
4644 @anchor{p/c/n/u/b meaning}
4645 @subsection p/c/n/u/b meaning
4646
4647 @subsubsection p/c/n
4648
4649 We assume the following telecined stream:
4650
4651 @example
4652 Top fields: 1 2 2 3 4
4653 Bottom fields: 1 2 3 4 4
4654 @end example
4655
4656 The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the
4657 first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.
4658
4659 When @code{fieldmatch} is configured to run a matching from bottom
4660 (@option{field}=@var{bottom}) this is how this input stream get transformed:
4661
4662 @example
4663 Input stream:
4664 T 1 2 2 3 4
4665 B 1 2 3 4 4 <-- matching reference
4666
4667 Matches: c c n n c
4668
4669 Output stream:
4670 T 1 2 3 4 4
4671 B 1 2 3 4 4
4672 @end example
4673
4674 As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated.
4675 To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter
4676 after this operation. See for instance the @ref{decimate} filter.
4677
4678 The same operation now matching from top fields (@option{field}=@var{top})
4679 looks like this:
4680
4681 @example
4682 Input stream:
4683 T 1 2 2 3 4 <-- matching reference
4684 B 1 2 3 4 4
4685
4686 Matches: c c p p c
4687
4688 Output stream:
4689 T 1 2 2 3 4
4690 B 1 2 2 3 4
4691 @end example
4692
4693 In these examples, we can see what @var{p}, @var{c} and @var{n} mean;
4694 basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity:
4695
4696 @itemize
4697 @item @var{p} matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame
4698 @item @var{c} matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame
4699 @item @var{n} matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame
4700 @end itemize
4701
4702 @subsubsection u/b
4703
4704 The @var{u} and @var{b} matching are a bit special in the sense that they match
4705 from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are
4706 currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a
4707 'x' is placed above and below each matched fields.
4708
4709 With bottom matching (@option{field}=@var{bottom}):
4710 @example
4711 Match: c p n b u
4712
4713 x x x x x
4714 Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
4715 Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
4716 x x x x x
4717
4718 Output frames:
4719 2 1 2 2 2
4720 2 2 2 1 3
4721 @end example
4722
4723 With top matching (@option{field}=@var{top}):
4724 @example
4725 Match: c p n b u
4726
4727 x x x x x
4728 Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
4729 Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
4730 x x x x x
4731
4732 Output frames:
4733 2 2 2 1 2
4734 2 1 3 2 2
4735 @end example
4736
4737 @subsection Examples
4738
4739 Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:
4740 @example
4741 fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate
4742 @end example
4743
4744 Advanced IVTC, with fallback on @ref{yadif} for still combed frames:
4745 @example
4746 fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate
4747 @end example
4748
4749 @section fieldorder
4750
4751 Transform the field order of the input video.
4752
4753 It accepts the following parameters:
4754
4755 @table @option
4756
4757 @item order
4758 The output field order. Valid values are @var{tff} for top field first or @var{bff}
4759 for bottom field first.
4760 @end table
4761
4762 The default value is @samp{tff}.
4763
4764 The transformation is done by shifting the picture content up or down
4765 by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content.
4766 This method is consistent with most broadcast field order converters.
4767
4768 If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already
4769 flagged as being of the required output field order, then this filter does
4770 not alter the incoming video.
4771
4772 It is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material,
4773 which is bottom field first.
4774
4775 For example:
4776 @example
4777 ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv
4778 @end example
4779
4780 @section fifo
4781
4782 Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.
4783
4784 It is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter
4785 framework.
4786
4787 It does not take parameters.
4788
4789 @anchor{format}
4790 @section format
4791
4792 Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats.
4793 Libavfilter will try to pick one that is suitable as input to
4794 the next filter.
4795
4796 It accepts the following parameters:
4797 @table @option
4798
4799 @item pix_fmts
4800 A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
4801 "pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
4802
4803 @end table
4804
4805 @subsection Examples
4806
4807 @itemize
4808 @item
4809 Convert the input video to the @var{yuv420p} format
4810 @example
4811 format=pix_fmts=yuv420p
4812 @end example
4813
4814 Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list
4815 @example
4816 format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
4817 @end example
4818 @end itemize
4819
4820 @anchor{fps}
4821 @section fps
4822
4823 Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping
4824 frames as necessary.
4825
4826 It accepts the following parameters:
4827 @table @option
4828
4829 @item fps
4830 The desired output frame rate. The default is @code{25}.
4831
4832 @item round
4833 Rounding method.
4834
4835 Possible values are:
4836 @table @option
4837 @item zero
4838 zero round towards 0
4839 @item inf
4840 round away from 0
4841 @item down
4842 round towards -infinity
4843 @item up
4844 round towards +infinity
4845 @item near
4846 round to nearest
4847 @end table
4848 The default is @code{near}.
4849
4850 @item start_time
4851 Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for
4852 padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is made
4853 about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done.
4854 For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with duplicates of
4855 the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio stream or to trim any
4856 frames with a negative PTS.
4857
4858 @end table
4859
4860 Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
4861 @var{fps}[:@var{round}].
4862
4863 See also the @ref{setpts} filter.
4864
4865 @subsection Examples
4866
4867 @itemize
4868 @item
4869 A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:
4870 @example
4871 fps=fps=25
4872 @end example
4873
4874 @item
4875 Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest:
4876 @example
4877 fps=fps=film:round=near
4878 @end example
4879 @end itemize
4880
4881 @section framepack
4882
4883 Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper
4884 metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and
4885 framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note
4886 that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the @ref{scale} and
4887 @ref{fps} filters.
4888
4889 It accepts the following parameters:
4890 @table @option
4891
4892 @item format
4893 The desired packing format. Supported values are:
4894
4895 @table @option
4896
4897 @item sbs
4898 The views are next to each other (default).
4899
4900 @item tab
4901 The views are on top of each other.
4902
4903 @item lines
4904 The views are packed by line.
4905
4906 @item columns
4907 The views are packed by column.
4908
4909 @item frameseq
4910 The views are temporally interleaved.
4911
4912 @end table
4913
4914 @end table
4915
4916 Some examples:
4917
4918 @example
4919 # Convert left and right views into a frame-sequential video
4920 ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT
4921
4922 # Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input
4923 ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT
4924 @end example
4925
4926 @section framestep
4927
4928 Select one frame every N-th frame.
4929
4930 This filter accepts the following option:
4931 @table @option
4932 @item step
4933 Select frame after every @code{step} frames.
4934 Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is @code{1}.
4935 @end table
4936
4937 @anchor{frei0r}
4938 @section frei0r
4939
4940 Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
4941
4942 To enable the compilation of this filter, you need to install the frei0r
4943 header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
4944
4945 It accepts the following parameters:
4946
4947 @table @option
4948
4949 @item filter_name
4950 The name of the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable
4951 @env{FREI0R_PATH} is defined, the frei0r effect is searched for in each of the
4952 directories specified by the colon-separated list in @env{FREIOR_PATH}.
4953 Otherwise, the standard frei0r paths are searched, in this order:
4954 @file{HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/},
4955 @file{/usr/lib/frei0r-1/}.
4956
4957 @item filter_params
4958 A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
4959
4960 @end table
4961
4962 A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (its value is either
4963 "y" or "n"), a double, a color (specified as
4964 @var{R}/@var{G}/@var{B}, where @var{R}, @var{G}, and @var{B} are floating point
4965 numbers between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive) or by a color description specified in the "Color"
4966 section in the ffmpeg-utils manual), a position (specified as @var{X}/@var{Y}, where
4967 @var{X} and @var{Y} are floating point numbers) and/or a string.
4968
4969 The number and types of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an
4970 effect parameter is not specified, the default value is set.
4971
4972 @subsection Examples
4973
4974 @itemize
4975 @item
4976 Apply the distort0r effect, setting the first two double parameters:
4977 @example
4978 frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01
4979 @end example
4980
4981 @item
4982 Apply the colordistance effect, taking a color as the first parameter:
4983 @example
4984 frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
4985 frei0r=colordistance:violet
4986 frei0r=colordistance:0x112233
4987 @end example
4988
4989 @item
4990 Apply the perspective effect, specifying the top left and top right image
4991 positions:
4992 @example
4993 frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2
4994 @end example
4995 @end itemize
4996
4997 For more information, see
4998 @url{http://frei0r.dyne.org}
4999
5000 @section geq
5001
5002 The filter accepts the following options:
5003
5004 @table @option
5005 @item lum_expr, lum
5006 Set the luminance expression.
5007 @item cb_expr, cb
5008 Set the chrominance blue expression.
5009 @item cr_expr, cr
5010 Set the chrominance red expression.
5011 @item alpha_expr, a
5012 Set the alpha expression.
5013 @item red_expr, r
5014 Set the red expression.
5015 @item green_expr, g
5016 Set the green expression.
5017 @item blue_expr, b
5018 Set the blue expression.
5019 @end table
5020
5021 The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one
5022 of the @option{lum_expr}, @option{cb_expr}, or @option{cr_expr}
5023 options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr
5024 colorspace. If one of the @option{red_expr}, @option{green_expr}, or
5025 @option{blue_expr} options is specified, it will select an RGB
5026 colorspace.
5027
5028 If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other
5029 one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value.
5030 If none of chrominance expressions are specified, they will evaluate
5031 to the luminance expression.
5032
5033 The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
5034
5035 @table @option
5036 @item N
5037 The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
5038
5039 @item X
5040 @item Y
5041 The coordinates of the current sample.
5042
5043 @item W
5044 @item H
5045 The width and height of the image.
5046
5047 @item SW
5048 @item SH
5049 Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
5050 ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
5051 plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
5052 @code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
5053
5054 @item T
5055 Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
5056
5057 @item p(x, y)
5058 Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the current
5059 plane.
5060
5061 @item lum(x, y)
5062 Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the luminance
5063 plane.
5064
5065 @item cb(x, y)
5066 Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
5067 blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
5068
5069 @item cr(x, y)
5070 Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
5071 red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
5072
5073 @item r(x, y)
5074 @item g(x, y)
5075 @item b(x, y)
5076 Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
5077 red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component.
5078
5079 @item alpha(x, y)
5080 Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the alpha
5081 plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
5082 @end table
5083
5084 For functions, if @var{x} and @var{y} are outside the area, the value will be
5085 automatically clipped to the closer edge.
5086
5087 @subsection Examples
5088
5089 @itemize
5090 @item
5091 Flip the image horizontally:
5092 @example
5093 geq=p(W-X\,Y)
5094 @end example
5095
5096 @item
5097 Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle @code{PI/3} and a
5098 wavelength of 100 pixels:
5099 @example
5100 geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128
5101 @end example
5102
5103 @item
5104 Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:
5105 @example
5106 nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128
5107 @end example
5108
5109 @item
5110 Generate a quick emboss effect:
5111 @example
5112 format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'
5113 @end example
5114
5115 @item
5116 Modify RGB components depending on pixel position:
5117 @example
5118 geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)'
5119 @end example
5120
5121 @item
5122 Create a radial gradient that is the same size as the input (also see
5123 the @ref{vignette} filter):
5124 @example
5125 geq=lum=255*gauss((X/W-0.5)*3)*gauss((Y/H-0.5)*3)/gauss(0)/gauss(0),format=gray
5126 @end example
5127
5128 @item
5129 Create a linear gradient to use as a mask for another filter, then
5130 compose with @ref{overlay}. In this example the video will gradually
5131 become more blurry from the top to the bottom of the y-axis as defined
5132 by the linear gradient:
5133 @example
5134 ffmpeg -i input.mp4 -filter_complex "geq=lum=255*(Y/H),format=gray[grad];[0:v]boxblur=4[blur];[blur][grad]alphamerge[alpha];[0:v][alpha]overlay" output.mp4
5135 @end example
5136 @end itemize
5137
5138 @section gradfun
5139
5140 Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
5141 regions by truncation to 8bit color depth.
5142 Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands are, and
5143 dither them.
5144
5145 It is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to
5146 lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and
5147 bring back the bands.
5148
5149 It accepts the following parameters:
5150
5151 @table @option
5152
5153 @item strength
5154 The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. This is also
5155 the threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from
5156 .51 to 64; the default value is 1.2. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the
5157 valid range.
5158
5159 @item radius
5160 The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother
5161 gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed
5162 regions. Acceptable values are 8-32; the default value is 16. Out-of-range
5163 values will be clipped to the valid range.
5164
5165 @end table
5166
5167 Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
5168 @var{strength}[:@var{radius}]
5169
5170 @subsection Examples
5171
5172 @itemize
5173 @item
5174 Apply the filter with a @code{3.5} strength and radius of @code{8}:
5175 @example
5176 gradfun=3.5:8
5177 @end example
5178
5179 @item
5180 Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default
5181 value):
5182 @example
5183 gradfun=radius=8
5184 @end example
5185
5186 @end itemize
5187
5188 @anchor{haldclut}
5189 @section haldclut
5190
5191 Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.
5192
5193 First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the Hald CLUT.
5194 The Hald CLUT input can be a simple picture or a complete video stream.
5195
5196 The filter accepts the following options:
5197
5198 @table @option
5199 @item shortest
5200 Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
5201 @item repeatlast
5202 Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of
5203 @code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the CLUT is reached.
5204 Default is @code{1}.
5205 @end table
5206
5207 @code{haldclut} also has the same interpolation options as @ref{lut3d} (both
5208 filters share the same internals).
5209
5210 More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil Steenberg's website
5211 (Hald CLUT author) at @url{http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html}.
5212
5213 @subsection Workflow examples
5214
5215 @subsubsection Hald CLUT video stream
5216
5217 Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various effects:
5218 @example
5219 ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut
5220 @end example
5221
5222 Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.
5223
5224 Then use it with @code{haldclut} to apply it on some random stream:
5225 @example
5226 ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv
5227 @end example
5228
5229 The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of
5230 @file{clut.nut}), then the latest picture of that CLUT stream will be applied
5231 to the remaining frames of the @code{mandelbrot} stream.
5232
5233 @subsubsection Hald CLUT with preview
5234
5235 A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of @code{Level*Level*Level} by
5236 @code{Level*Level*Level} pixels. For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the
5237 biggest possible square starting at the top left of the picture. The remaining
5238 padding pixels (bottom or right) will be ignored. This area can be used to add
5239 a preview of the Hald CLUT.
5240
5241 Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by the
5242 @code{haldclut} filter:
5243
5244 @example
5245 ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "
5246 pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
5247 smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
5248 [padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main];
5249 [main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png
5250 @end example
5251
5252 It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color
5253 bars are displayed on the right-top, and below the same color bars processed by
5254 the color changes.
5255
5256 Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with:
5257 @example
5258 ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"
5259 @end example
5260
5261 @section hflip
5262
5263 Flip the input video horizontally.
5264
5265 For example, to horizontally flip the input video with @command{ffmpeg}:
5266 @example
5267 ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi
5268 @end example
5269
5270 @section histeq
5271 This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a
5272 per-frame basis.
5273
5274 It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel
5275 intensities. The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to
5276 equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be
5277 viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
5278 useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source
5279 video.
5280
5281 The filter accepts the following options:
5282
5283 @table @option
5284 @item strength
5285 Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength
5286 is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more
5287 approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number
5288 in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
5289
5290 @item intensity
5291 Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output
5292 values appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and then
5293 the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value
5294 must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210.
5295
5296 @item antibanding
5297 Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary
5298 the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of
5299 the histogram. Possible values are @code{none}, @code{weak} or
5300 @code{strong}. It defaults to @code{none}.
5301 @end table
5302
5303 @section histogram
5304
5305 Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.
5306
5307 The computed histogram is a representation of the color component
5308 distribution in an image.
5309
5310 The filter accepts the following options:
5311
5312 @table @option
5313 @item mode
5314 Set histogram mode.
5315
5316 It accepts the following values:
5317 @table @samp
5318 @item levels
5319 Standard histogram that displays the color components distribution in an
5320 image. Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution of
5321 the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components, depending on input format, in the
5322 current frame. Below each graph a color component scale meter is shown.
5323
5324 @item color
5325 Displays chroma values (U/V color placement) in a two dimensional
5326 graph (which is called a vectorscope). The brighter a pixel in the
5327 vectorscope, the more pixels of the input frame correspond to that pixel
5328 (i.e., more pixels have this chroma value). The V component is displayed on
5329 the horizontal (X) axis, with the leftmost side being V = 0 and the rightmost
5330 side being V = 255. The U component is displayed on the vertical (Y) axis,
5331 with the top representing U = 0 and the bottom representing U = 255.
5332
5333 The position of a white pixel in the graph corresponds to the chroma value of
5334 a pixel of the input clip. The graph can therefore be used to read the hue
5335 (color flavor) and the saturation (the dominance of the hue in the color). As
5336 the hue of a color changes, it moves around the square. At the center of the
5337 square the saturation is zero, which means that the corresponding pixel has no
5338 color. If the amount of a specific color is increased (while leaving the other
5339 colors unchanged) the saturation increases, and the indicator moves towards
5340 the edge of the square.
5341
5342 @item color2
5343 Chroma values in vectorscope, similar as @code{color} but actual chroma values
5344 are displayed.
5345
5346 @item waveform
5347 Per row/column color component graph. In row mode, the graph on the left side
5348 represents color component value 0 and the right side represents value = 255.
5349 In column mode, the top side represents color component value = 0 and bottom
5350 side represents value = 255.
5351 @end table
5352 Default value is @code{levels}.
5353
5354 @item level_height
5355 Set height of level in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{200}.
5356 Allowed range is [50, 2048].
5357
5358 @item scale_height
5359 Set height of color scale in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{12}.
5360 Allowed range is [0, 40].
5361
5362 @item step
5363 Set step for @code{waveform} mode. Smaller values are useful to find out how
5364 many values of the same luminance are distributed across input rows/columns.
5365 Default value is @code{10}. Allowed range is [1, 255].
5366
5367 @item waveform_mode
5368 Set mode for @code{waveform}. Can be either @code{row}, or @code{column}.
5369 Default is @code{row}.
5370
5371 @item waveform_mirror
5372 Set mirroring mode for @code{waveform}. @code{0} means unmirrored, @code{1}
5373 means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values will be represented on the left
5374 side for @code{row} mode and at the top for @code{column} mode. Default is
5375 @code{0} (unmirrored).
5376
5377 @item display_mode
5378 Set display mode for @code{waveform} and @code{levels}.
5379 It accepts the following values:
5380 @table @samp
5381 @item parade
5382 Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
5383 @code{row} waveform mode or one below the other in @code{column} waveform mode
5384 for @code{waveform} histogram mode. For @code{levels} histogram mode,
5385 per color component graphs are placed below each other.
5386
5387 Using this display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easy to
5388 spot color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the
5389 contours of the top and the bottom graphs of each waveform. Since whites,
5390 grays, and blacks are characterized by exactly equal amounts of red, green,
5391 and blue, neutral areas of the picture should display three waveforms of
5392 roughly equal width/height. If not, the correction is easy to perform by
5393 making level adjustments the three waveforms.
5394
5395 @item overlay
5396 Presents information identical to that in the @code{parade}, except
5397 that the graphs representing color components are superimposed directly
5398 over one another.
5399
5400 This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easier to spot
5401 relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color
5402 components that are supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays,
5403 or blacks.
5404 @end table
5405 Default is @code{parade}.
5406
5407 @item levels_mode
5408 Set mode for @code{levels}. Can be either @code{linear}, or @code{logarithmic}.
5409 Default is @code{linear}.
5410 @end table
5411
5412 @subsection Examples
5413
5414 @itemize
5415
5416 @item
5417 Calculate and draw histogram:
5418 @example
5419 ffplay -i input -vf histogram
5420 @end example
5421
5422 @end itemize
5423
5424 @anchor{hqdn3d}
5425 @section hqdn3d
5426
5427 This is a high precision/quality 3d denoise filter. It aims to reduce
5428 image noise, producing smooth images and making still images really
5429 still. It should enhance compressibility.
5430
5431 It accepts the following optional parameters:
5432
5433 @table @option
5434 @item luma_spatial
5435 A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial luma strength.
5436 It defaults to 4.0.
5437
5438 @item chroma_spatial
5439 A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial chroma strength.
5440 It defaults to 3.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0.
5441
5442 @item luma_tmp
5443 A floating point number which specifies luma temporal strength. It defaults to
5444 6.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0.
5445
5446 @item chroma_tmp
5447 A floating point number which specifies chroma temporal strength. It defaults to
5448 @var{luma_tmp}*@var{chroma_spatial}/@var{luma_spatial}.
5449 @end table
5450
5451 @section hqx
5452
5453 Apply a high-quality magnification filter designed for pixel art. This filter
5454 was originally created by Maxim Stepin.
5455
5456 It accepts the following option:
5457
5458 @table @option
5459 @item n
5460 Set the scaling dimension: @code{2} for @code{hq2x}, @code{3} for
5461 @code{hq3x} and @code{4} for @code{hq4x}.
5462 Default is @code{3}.
5463 @end table
5464
5465 @section hue
5466
5467 Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.
5468
5469 It accepts the following parameters:
5470
5471 @table @option
5472 @item h
5473 Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression,
5474 and defaults to "0".
5475
5476 @item s
5477 Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
5478 defaults to "1".
5479
5480 @item H
5481 Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an
5482 expression, and defaults to "0".
5483
5484 @item b
5485 Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
5486 defaults to "0".
5487 @end table
5488
5489 @option{h} and @option{H} are mutually exclusive, and can't be
5490 specified at the same time.
5491
5492 The @option{b}, @option{h}, @option{H} and @option{s} option values are
5493 expressions containing the following constants:
5494
5495 @table @option
5496 @item n
5497 frame count of the input frame starting from 0
5498
5499 @item pts
5500 presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units
5501
5502 @item r
5503 frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
5504
5505 @item t
5506 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
5507
5508 @item tb
5509 time base of the input video
5510 @end table
5511
5512 @subsection Examples
5513
5514 @itemize
5515 @item
5516 Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:
5517 @example
5518 hue=h=90:s=1
5519 @end example
5520
5521 @item
5522 Same command but expressing the hue in radians:
5523 @example
5524 hue=H=PI/2:s=1
5525 @end example
5526
5527 @item
5528 Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0
5529 and 2 over a period of 1 second:
5530 @example
5531 hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"
5532 @end example
5533
5534 @item
5535 Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:
5536 @example
5537 hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"
5538 @end example
5539
5540 The general fade-in expression can be written as:
5541 @example
5542 hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"
5543 @end example
5544
5545 @item
5546 Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:
5547 @example
5548 hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"
5549 @end example
5550
5551 The general fade-out expression can be written as:
5552 @example
5553 hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"
5554 @end example
5555
5556 @end itemize
5557
5558 @subsection Commands
5559
5560 This filter supports the following commands:
5561 @table @option
5562 @item b
5563 @item s
5564 @item h
5565 @item H
5566 Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video.
5567 The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
5568
5569 If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
5570 value.
5571 @end table
5572
5573 @section idet
5574
5575 Detect video interlacing type.
5576
5577 This filter tries to detect if the input frames as interlaced, progressive,
5578 top or bottom field first. It will also try and detect fields that are
5579 repeated between adjacent frames (a sign of telecine).
5580
5581 Single frame detection considers only immediately adjacent frames when classifying each frame.
5582 Multiple frame detection incorporates the classification history of previous frames.
5583
5584 The filter will log these metadata values:
5585
5586 @table @option
5587 @item single.current_frame
5588 Detected type of current frame using single-frame detection. One of:
5589 ``tff'' (top field first), ``bff'' (bottom field first),
5590 ``progressive'', or ``undetermined''
5591
5592 @item single.tff
5593 Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using single-frame detection.
5594
5595 @item multiple.tff
5596 Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using multiple-frame detection.
5597
5598 @item single.bff
5599 Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using single-frame detection.
5600
5601 @item multiple.current_frame
5602 Detected type of current frame using multiple-frame detection. One of:
5603 ``tff'' (top field first), ``bff'' (bottom field first),
5604 ``progressive'', or ``undetermined''
5605
5606 @item multiple.bff
5607 Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using multiple-frame detection.
5608
5609 @item single.progressive
5610 Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using single-frame detection.
5611
5612 @item multiple.progressive
5613 Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using multiple-frame detection.
5614
5615 @item single.undetermined
5616 Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using single-frame detection.
5617
5618 @item multiple.undetermined
5619 Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using multiple-frame detection.
5620
5621 @item repeated.current_frame
5622 Which field in the current frame is repeated from the last. One of ``neither'', ``top'', or ``bottom''.
5623
5624 @item repeated.neither
5625 Cumulative number of frames with no repeated field.
5626
5627 @item repeated.top
5628 Cumulative number of frames with the top field repeated from the previous frame's top field.
5629
5630 @item repeated.bottom
5631 Cumulative number of frames with the bottom field repeated from the previous frame's bottom field.
5632 @end table
5633
5634 The filter accepts the following options:
5635
5636 @table @option
5637 @item intl_thres
5638 Set interlacing threshold.
5639 @item prog_thres
5640 Set progressive threshold.
5641 @item repeat_thres
5642 Threshold for repeated field detection.
5643 @item half_life
5644 Number of frames after which a given frame's contribution to the
5645 statistics is halved (i.e., it contributes only 0.5 to it's
5646 classification). The default of 0 means that all frames seen are given
5647 full weight of 1.0 forever.
5648 @end table
5649
5650 @section il
5651
5652 Deinterleave or interleave fields.
5653
5654 This filter allows one to process interlaced images fields without
5655 deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2
5656 fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top
5657 half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half.
5658 You can process (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
5659
5660 The filter accepts the following options:
5661
5662 @table @option
5663 @item luma_mode, l
5664 @item chroma_mode, c
5665 @item alpha_mode, a
5666 Available values for @var{luma_mode}, @var{chroma_mode} and
5667 @var{alpha_mode} are:
5668
5669 @table @samp
5670 @item none
5671 Do nothing.
5672
5673 @item deinterleave, d
5674 Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
5675
5676 @item interleave, i
5677 Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
5678 @end table
5679 Default value is @code{none}.
5680
5681 @item luma_swap, ls
5682 @item chroma_swap, cs
5683 @item alpha_swap, as
5684 Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is @code{0}.
5685 @end table
5686
5687 @section interlace
5688
5689 Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or
5690 lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames,
5691 halving the frame rate and preserving image height.
5692
5693 @example
5694 Original Original New Frame
5695 Frame 'j' Frame 'j+1' (tff)
5696 ========== =========== ==================
5697 Line 0 --------------------> Frame 'j' Line 0
5698 Line 1 Line 1 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 1
5699 Line 2 ---------------------> Frame 'j' Line 2
5700 Line 3 Line 3 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 3
5701 ... ... ...
5702 New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on
5703 @end example
5704
5705 It accepts the following optional parameters:
5706
5707 @table @option
5708 @item scan
5709 This determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even
5710 (tff - default) or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
5711
5712 @item lowpass
5713 Enable (default) or disable the vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter
5714 interlacing and reduce moire patterns.
5715 @end table
5716
5717 @section kerndeint
5718
5719 Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel
5720 deinterling. Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce
5721 progressive frames.
5722
5723 The description of the accepted parameters follows.
5724
5725 @table @option
5726 @item thresh
5727 Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when
5728 determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer
5729 in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in
5730 applying the process on every pixels.
5731
5732 @item map
5733 Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1.
5734 Default is 0.
5735
5736 @item order
5737 Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if
5738 0. Default is 0.
5739
5740 @item sharp
5741 Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
5742
5743 @item twoway
5744 Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
5745 @end table
5746
5747 @subsection Examples
5748
5749 @itemize
5750 @item
5751 Apply default values:
5752 @example
5753 kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0
5754 @end example
5755
5756 @item
5757 Enable additional sharpening:
5758 @example
5759 kerndeint=sharp=1
5760 @end example
5761
5762 @item
5763 Paint processed pixels in white:
5764 @example
5765 kerndeint=map=1
5766 @end example
5767 @end itemize
5768
5769 @section lenscorrection
5770
5771 Correct radial lens distortion
5772
5773 This filter can be used to correct for radial distortion as can result from the use
5774 of wide angle lenses, and thereby re-rectify the image. To find the right parameters
5775 one can use tools available for example as part of opencv or simply trial-and-error.
5776 To use opencv use the calibration sample (under samples/cpp) from the opencv sources
5777 and extract the k1 and k2 coefficients from the resulting matrix.
5778
5779 Note that effectively the same filter is available in the open-source tools Krita and
5780 Digikam from the KDE project.
5781
5782 In contrast to the @ref{vignette} filter, which can also be used to compensate lens errors,
5783 this filter corrects the distortion of the image, whereas @ref{vignette} corrects the
5784 brightness distribution, so you may want to use both filters together in certain
5785 cases, though you will have to take care of ordering, i.e. whether vignetting should
5786 be applied before or after lens correction.
5787
5788 @subsection Options
5789
5790 The filter accepts the following options:
5791
5792 @table @option
5793 @item cx
5794 Relative x-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the
5795 distrortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as fractions of the image
5796 width.
5797 @item cy
5798 Relative y-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the
5799 distrortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as fractions of the image
5800 height.
5801 @item k1
5802 Coefficient of the quadratic correction term. 0.5 means no correction.
5803 @item k2
5804 Coefficient of the double quadratic correction term. 0.5 means no correction.
5805 @end table
5806
5807 The formula that generates the correction is:
5808
5809 @var{r_src} = @var{r_tgt} * (1 + @var{k1} * (@var{r_tgt} / @var{r_0})^2 + @var{k2} * (@var{r_tgt} / @var{r_0})^4)
5810
5811 where @var{r_0} is halve of the image diagonal and @var{r_src} and @var{r_tgt} are the
5812 distances from the focal point in the source and target images, respectively.
5813
5814 @anchor{lut3d}
5815 @section lut3d
5816
5817 Apply a 3D LUT to an input video.
5818
5819 The filter accepts the following options:
5820
5821 @table @option
5822 @item file
5823 Set the 3D LUT file name.
5824
5825 Currently supported formats:
5826 @table @samp
5827 @item 3dl
5828 AfterEffects
5829 @item cube
5830 Iridas
5831 @item dat
5832 DaVinci
5833 @item m3d
5834 Pandora
5835 @end table
5836 @item interp
5837 Select interpolation mode.
5838
5839 Available values are:
5840
5841 @table @samp
5842 @item nearest
5843 Use values from the nearest defined point.
5844 @item trilinear
5845 Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.
5846 @item tetrahedral
5847 Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.
5848 @end table
5849 @end table
5850
5851 @section lut, lutrgb, lutyuv
5852
5853 Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value
5854 to an output value, and apply it to the input video.
5855
5856 @var{lutyuv} applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, @var{lutrgb}
5857 to an RGB input video.
5858
5859 These filters accept the following parameters:
5860 @table @option
5861 @item c0
5862 set first pixel component expression
5863 @item c1
5864 set second pixel component expression
5865 @item c2
5866 set third pixel component expression
5867 @item c3
5868 set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component
5869
5870 @item r
5871 set red component expression
5872 @item g
5873 set green component expression
5874 @item b
5875 set blue component expression
5876 @item a
5877 alpha component expression
5878
5879 @item y
5880 set Y/luminance component expression
5881 @item u
5882 set U/Cb component expression
5883 @item v
5884 set V/Cr component expression
5885 @end table
5886
5887 Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for
5888 the corresponding pixel component values.
5889
5890 The exact component associated to each of the @var{c*} options depends on the
5891 format in input.
5892
5893 The @var{lut} filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input,
5894 @var{lutrgb} requires RGB pixel formats in input, and @var{lutyuv} requires YUV.
5895
5896 The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:
5897
5898 @table @option
5899 @item w
5900 @item h
5901 The input width and height.
5902
5903 @item val
5904 The input value for the pixel component.
5905
5906 @item clipval
5907 The input value, clipped to the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range.
5908
5909 @item maxval
5910 The maximum value for the pixel component.
5911
5912 @item minval
5913 The minimum value for the pixel component.
5914
5915 @item negval
5916 The negated value for the pixel component value, clipped to the
5917 @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range; it corresponds to the expression
5918 "maxval-clipval+minval".
5919
5920 @item clip(val)
5921 The computed value in @var{val}, clipped to the
5922 @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range.
5923
5924 @item gammaval(gamma)
5925 The computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value,
5926 clipped to the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range. It corresponds to the
5927 expression
5928 "pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,@var{gamma})*(maxval-minval)+minval"
5929
5930 @end table
5931
5932 All expressions default to "val".
5933
5934 @subsection Examples
5935
5936 @itemize
5937 @item
5938 Negate input video:
5939 @example
5940 lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
5941 lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"
5942 @end example
5943
5944 The above is the same as:
5945 @example
5946 lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
5947 lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"
5948 @end example
5949
5950 @item
5951 Negate luminance:
5952 @example
5953 lutyuv=y=negval
5954 @end example
5955
5956 @item
5957 Remove chroma components, turning the video into a graytone image:
5958 @example
5959 lutyuv="u=128:v=128"
5960 @end example
5961
5962 @item
5963 Apply a luma burning effect:
5964 @example
5965 lutyuv="y=2*val"
5966 @end example
5967
5968 @item
5969 Remove green and blue components:
5970 @example
5971 lutrgb="g=0:b=0"
5972 @end example
5973
5974 @item
5975 Set a constant alpha channel value on input:
5976 @example
5977 format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"
5978 @end example
5979
5980 @item
5981 Correct luminance gamma by a factor of 0.5:
5982 @example
5983 lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)
5984 @end example
5985
5986 @item
5987 Discard least significant bits of luma:
5988 @example
5989 lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'
5990 @end example
5991 @end itemize
5992
5993 @section mergeplanes
5994
5995 Merge color channel components from several video streams.
5996
5997 The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input
5998 planes to the output video.
5999
6000 This filter accepts the following options:
6001 @table @option
6002 @item mapping
6003 Set input to output plane mapping. Default is @code{0}.
6004
6005 The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a
6006 hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the
6007 mapping for the first plane of the output stream. 'A' sets the number of
6008 the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane number of the
6009 corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is
6010 similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second
6011 plane, 'Cc' describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and
6012 'Dd' describes the mapping for the output stream fourth plane.
6013
6014 @item format
6015 Set output pixel format. Default is @code{yuva444p}.
6016 @end table
6017
6018 @subsection Examples
6019
6020 @itemize
6021 @item
6022 Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video stream:
6023 @example
6024 [a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p
6025 @end example
6026
6027 @item
6028 Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video stream:
6029 @example
6030 [a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p
6031 @end example
6032
6033 @item
6034 Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream:
6035 @example
6036 format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p
6037 @end example
6038
6039 @item
6040 Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream:
6041 @example
6042 format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p
6043 @end example
6044
6045 @item
6046 Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p:
6047 @example
6048 format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p
6049 @end example
6050 @end itemize
6051
6052 @section mcdeint
6053
6054 Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing.
6055
6056 It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used together
6057 with yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
6058
6059 This filter accepts the following options:
6060 @table @option
6061 @item mode
6062 Set the deinterlacing mode.
6063
6064 It accepts one of the following values:
6065 @table @samp
6066 @item fast
6067 @item medium
6068 @item slow
6069 use iterative motion estimation
6070 @item extra_slow
6071 like @samp{slow}, but use multiple reference frames.
6072 @end table
6073 Default value is @samp{fast}.
6074
6075 @item parity
6076 Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be
6077 one of the following values:
6078
6079 @table @samp
6080 @item 0, tff
6081 assume top field first
6082 @item 1, bff
6083 assume bottom field first
6084 @end table
6085
6086 Default value is @samp{bff}.
6087
6088 @item qp
6089 Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal
6090 encoder.
6091
6092 Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less
6093 optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1.
6094 @end table
6095
6096 @section mp
6097
6098 Apply an MPlayer filter to the input video.
6099
6100 This filter provides a wrapper around some of the filters of
6101 MPlayer/MEncoder.
6102
6103 This wrapper is considered experimental. Some of the wrapped filters
6104 may not work properly and we may drop support for them, as they will
6105 be implemented natively into FFmpeg. Thus you should avoid
6106 depending on them when writing portable scripts.
6107
6108 The filter accepts the parameters:
6109 @var{filter_name}[:=]@var{filter_params}
6110
6111 @var{filter_name} is the name of a supported MPlayer filter,
6112 @var{filter_params} is a string containing the parameters accepted by
6113 the named filter.
6114
6115 The list of the currently supported filters follows:
6116 @table @var
6117 @item eq2
6118 @item eq
6119 @item fspp
6120 @item ilpack
6121 @item pp7
6122 @item softpulldown
6123 @item uspp
6124 @end table
6125
6126 The parameter syntax and behavior for the listed filters are the same
6127 of the corresponding MPlayer filters. For detailed instructions check
6128 the "VIDEO FILTERS" section in the MPlayer manual.
6129
6130 @subsection Examples
6131
6132 @itemize
6133 @item
6134 Adjust gamma, brightness, contrast:
6135 @example
6136 mp=eq2=1.0:2:0.5
6137 @end example
6138 @end itemize
6139
6140 See also mplayer(1), @url{http://www.mplayerhq.hu/}.
6141
6142 @section mpdecimate
6143
6144 Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in
6145 order to reduce frame rate.
6146
6147 The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding
6148 (e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for
6149 fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
6150
6151 A description of the accepted options follows.
6152
6153 @table @option
6154 @item max
6155 Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if
6156 positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if
6157 negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the
6158 number of previous sequentially dropped frames.
6159
6160 Default value is 0.
6161
6162 @item hi
6163 @item lo
6164 @item frac
6165 Set the dropping threshold values.
6166
6167 Values for @option{hi} and @option{lo} are for 8x8 pixel blocks and
6168 represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
6169 corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread
6170 out differently over the block.
6171
6172 A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more
6173 than a threshold of @option{hi}, and if no more than @option{frac} blocks (1
6174 meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of @option{lo}.
6175
6176 Default value for @option{hi} is 64*12, default value for @option{lo} is
6177 64*5, and default value for @option{frac} is 0.33.
6178 @end table
6179
6180
6181 @section negate
6182
6183 Negate input video.
6184
6185 It accepts an integer in input; if non-zero it negates the
6186 alpha component (if available). The default value in input is 0.
6187
6188 @section noformat
6189
6190 Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the
6191 input to the next filter.
6192
6193 It accepts the following parameters:
6194 @table @option
6195
6196 @item pix_fmts
6197 A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
6198 apix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
6199
6200 @end table
6201
6202 @subsection Examples
6203
6204 @itemize
6205 @item
6206 Force libavfilter to use a format different from @var{yuv420p} for the
6207 input to the vflip filter:
6208 @example
6209 noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip
6210 @end example
6211
6212 @item
6213 Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list:
6214 @example
6215 noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
6216 @end example
6217 @end itemize
6218
6219 @section noise
6220
6221 Add noise on video input frame.
6222
6223 The filter accepts the following options:
6224
6225 @table @option
6226 @item all_seed
6227 @item c0_seed
6228 @item c1_seed
6229 @item c2_seed
6230 @item c3_seed
6231 Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
6232 of @var{all_seed}. Default value is @code{123457}.
6233
6234 @item all_strength, alls
6235 @item c0_strength, c0s
6236 @item c1_strength, c1s
6237 @item c2_strength, c2s
6238 @item c3_strength, c3s
6239 Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
6240 @var{all_strength}. Default value is @code{0}. Allowed range is [0, 100].
6241
6242 @item all_flags, allf
6243 @item c0_flags, c0f
6244 @item c1_flags, c1f
6245 @item c2_flags, c2f
6246 @item c3_flags, c3f
6247 Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if @var{all_flags}.
6248 Available values for component flags are:
6249 @table @samp
6250 @item a
6251 averaged temporal noise (smoother)
6252 @item p
6253 mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
6254 @item t
6255 temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
6256 @item u
6257 uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
6258 @end table
6259 @end table
6260
6261 @subsection Examples
6262
6263 Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:
6264 @example
6265 noise=alls=20:allf=t+u
6266 @end example
6267
6268 @section null
6269
6270 Pass the video source unchanged to the output.
6271
6272 @section ocv
6273
6274 Apply a video transform using libopencv.
6275
6276 To enable this filter, install the libopencv library and headers and
6277 configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libopencv}.
6278
6279 It accepts the following parameters:
6280
6281 @table @option
6282
6283 @item filter_name
6284 The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
6285
6286 @item filter_params
6287 The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified, the default
6288 values are assumed.
6289
6290 @end table
6291
6292 Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise
6293 information:
6294 @url{http://docs.opencv.org/master/modules/imgproc/doc/filtering.html}
6295
6296 Several libopencv filters are supported; see the following subsections.
6297
6298 @anchor{dilate}
6299 @subsection dilate
6300
6301 Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element.
6302 It corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvDilate}.
6303
6304 It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}|@var{nb_iterations}.
6305
6306 @var{struct_el} represents a structuring element, and has the syntax:
6307 @var{cols}x@var{rows}+@var{anchor_x}x@var{anchor_y}/@var{shape}
6308
6309 @var{cols} and @var{rows} represent the number of columns and rows of
6310 the structuring element, @var{anchor_x} and @var{anchor_y} the anchor
6311 point, and @var{shape} the shape for the structuring element. @var{shape}
6312 must be "rect", "cross", "ellipse", or "custom".
6313
6314 If the value for @var{shape} is "custom", it must be followed by a
6315 string of the form "=@var{filename}". The file with name
6316 @var{filename} is assumed to represent a binary image, with each
6317 printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom
6318 @var{shape} is used, @var{cols} and @var{rows} are ignored, the number
6319 or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.
6320
6321 The default value for @var{struct_el} is "3x3+0x0/rect".
6322
6323 @var{nb_iterations} specifies the number of times the transform is
6324 applied to the image, and defaults to 1.
6325
6326 Some examples:
6327 @example
6328 # Use the default values
6329 ocv=dilate
6330
6331 # Dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterating two times
6332 ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2
6333
6334 # Read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterating two times.
6335 # The file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this
6336 # *
6337 # ***
6338 # *****
6339 # ***
6340 # *
6341 # The specified columns and rows are ignored
6342 # but the anchor point coordinates are not
6343 ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2
6344 @end example
6345
6346 @subsection erode
6347
6348 Erode an image by using a specific structuring element.
6349 It corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvErode}.
6350
6351 It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}:@var{nb_iterations},
6352 with the same syntax and semantics as the @ref{dilate} filter.
6353
6354 @subsection smooth
6355
6356 Smooth the input video.
6357
6358 The filter takes the following parameters:
6359 @var{type}|@var{param1}|@var{param2}|@var{param3}|@var{param4}.
6360
6361 @var{type} is the type of smooth filter to apply, and must be one of
6362 the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian",
6363 or "bilateral". The default value is "gaussian".
6364
6365 The meaning of @var{param1}, @var{param2}, @var{param3}, and @var{param4}
6366 depend on the smooth type. @var{param1} and
6367 @var{param2} accept integer positive values or 0. @var{param3} and
6368 @var{param4} accept floating point values.
6369
6370 The default value for @var{param1} is 3. The default value for the
6371 other parameters is 0.
6372
6373 These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the
6374 libopencv function @code{cvSmooth}.
6375
6376 @anchor{overlay}
6377 @section overlay
6378
6379 Overlay one video on top of another.
6380
6381 It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the "main"
6382 video on which the second input is overlayed.
6383
6384 It accepts the following parameters:
6385
6386 A description of the accepted options follows.
6387
6388 @table @option
6389 @item x
6390 @item y
6391 Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlayed video
6392 on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case
6393 the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the
6394 overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area).
6395
6396 @item eof_action
6397 The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input; it accepts
6398 one of the following values:
6399
6400 @table @option
6401 @item repeat
6402 Repeat the last frame (the default).
6403 @item endall
6404 End both streams.
6405 @item pass
6406 Pass the main input through.
6407 @end table
6408
6409 @item eval
6410 Set when the expressions for @option{x}, and @option{y} are evaluated.
6411
6412 It accepts the following values:
6413 @table @samp
6414 @item init
6415 only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or
6416 when a command is processed
6417
6418 @item frame
6419 evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
6420 @end table
6421
6422 Default value is @samp{frame}.
6423
6424 @item shortest
6425 If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
6426 terminates. Default value is 0.
6427
6428 @item format
6429 Set the format for the output video.
6430
6431 It accepts the following values:
6432 @table @samp
6433 @item yuv420
6434 force YUV420 output
6435
6436 @item yuv422
6437 force YUV422 output
6438
6439 @item yuv444
6440 force YUV444 output
6441
6442 @item rgb
6443 force RGB output
6444 @end table
6445
6446 Default value is @samp{yuv420}.
6447
6448 @item rgb @emph{(deprecated)}
6449 If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB
6450 color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use
6451 @option{format} instead.
6452
6453 @item repeatlast
6454 If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the
6455 main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this
6456 behavior. Default value is 1.
6457 @end table
6458
6459 The @option{x}, and @option{y} expressions can contain the following
6460 parameters.
6461
6462 @table @option
6463 @item main_w, W
6464 @item main_h, H
6465 The main input width and height.
6466
6467 @item overlay_w, w
6468 @item overlay_h, h
6469 The overlay input width and height.
6470
6471 @item x
6472 @item y
6473 The computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
6474 each new frame.
6475
6476 @item hsub
6477 @item vsub
6478 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output
6479 format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and
6480 @var{vsub} is 1.
6481
6482 @item n
6483 the number of input frame, starting from 0
6484
6485 @item pos
6486 the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
6487
6488 @item t
6489 The timestamp, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
6490
6491 @end table
6492
6493 Note that the @var{n}, @var{pos}, @var{t} variables are available only
6494 when evaluation is done @emph{per frame}, and will evaluate to NAN
6495 when @option{eval} is set to @samp{init}.
6496
6497 Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp
6498 order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea
6499 to pass the two inputs through a @var{setpts=PTS-STARTPTS} filter to
6500 have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as the example for
6501 the @var{movie} filter does.
6502
6503 You can chain together more overlays but you should test the
6504 efficiency of such approach.
6505
6506 @subsection Commands
6507
6508 This filter supports the following commands:
6509 @table @option
6510 @item x
6511 @item y
6512 Modify the x and y of the overlay input.
6513 The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
6514
6515 If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
6516 value.
6517 @end table
6518
6519 @subsection Examples
6520
6521 @itemize
6522 @item
6523 Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main
6524 video:
6525 @example
6526 overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10
6527 @end example
6528
6529 Using named options the example above becomes:
6530 @example
6531 overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10
6532 @end example
6533
6534 @item
6535 Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input,
6536 using the @command{ffmpeg} tool with the @code{-filter_complex} option:
6537 @example
6538 ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output
6539 @end example
6540
6541 @item
6542 Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom
6543 right corner) using the @command{ffmpeg} tool:
6544 @example
6545 ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output
6546 @end example
6547
6548 @item
6549 Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video; @code{WxH}
6550 must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter:
6551 @example
6552 color=color=red@@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]
6553 @end example
6554
6555 @item
6556 Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake
6557 filter) side by side using the @command{ffplay} tool:
6558 @example
6559 ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'
6560 @end example
6561
6562 The above command is the same as:
6563 @example
6564 ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'
6565 @end example
6566
6567 @item
6568 Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the
6569 screen starting since time 2:
6570 @example
6571 overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0
6572 @end example
6573
6574 @item
6575 Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:
6576 @example
6577 ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
6578 nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
6579 [0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
6580 [1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
6581 [background][left] overlay=shortest=1 [background+left];
6582 [background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
6583 "
6584 @end example
6585
6586 @item
6587 Mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section
6588 @example
6589 ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
6590 -vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]'
6591 masked.avi
6592 @end example
6593
6594 @item
6595 Chain several overlays in cascade:
6596 @example
6597 nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
6598 testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
6599 [in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0 [mid0];
6600 [in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1];
6601 [in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2];
6602 [in3] null, [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]
6603 @end example
6604
6605 @end itemize
6606
6607 @section owdenoise
6608
6609 Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
6610
6611 The filter accepts the following options:
6612
6613 @table @option
6614 @item depth
6615 Set depth.
6616
6617 Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but
6618 slow down filtering.
6619
6620 Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is @code{8}.
6621
6622 @item luma_strength, ls
6623 Set luma strength.
6624
6625 Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
6626
6627 @item chroma_strength, cs
6628 Set chroma strength.
6629
6630 Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
6631 @end table
6632
6633 @section pad
6634
6635 Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the
6636 provided @var{x}, @var{y} coordinates.
6637
6638 It accepts the following parameters:
6639
6640 @table @option
6641 @item width, w
6642 @item height, h
6643 Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the
6644 paddings added. If the value for @var{width} or @var{height} is 0, the
6645 corresponding input size is used for the output.
6646
6647 The @var{width} expression can reference the value set by the
6648 @var{height} expression, and vice versa.
6649
6650 The default value of @var{width} and @var{height} is 0.
6651
6652 @item x
6653 @item y
6654 Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area,
6655 with respect to the top/left border of the output image.
6656
6657 The @var{x} expression can reference the value set by the @var{y}
6658 expression, and vice versa.
6659
6660 The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is 0.
6661
6662 @item color
6663 Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option,
6664 check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
6665
6666 The default value of @var{color} is "black".
6667 @end table
6668
6669 The value for the @var{width}, @var{height}, @var{x}, and @var{y}
6670 options are expressions containing the following constants:
6671
6672 @table @option
6673 @item in_w
6674 @item in_h
6675 The input video width and height.
6676
6677 @item iw
6678 @item ih
6679 These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
6680
6681 @item out_w
6682 @item out_h
6683 The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as
6684 specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions.
6685
6686 @item ow
6687 @item oh
6688 These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
6689
6690 @item x
6691 @item y
6692 The x and y offsets as specified by the @var{x} and @var{y}
6693 expressions, or NAN if not yet specified.
6694
6695 @item a
6696 same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
6697
6698 @item sar
6699 input sample aspect ratio
6700
6701 @item dar
6702 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
6703
6704 @item hsub
6705 @item vsub
6706 The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
6707 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
6708 @end table
6709
6710 @subsection Examples
6711
6712 @itemize
6713 @item
6714 Add paddings with the color "violet" to the input video. The output video
6715 size is 640x480, and the top-left corner of the input video is placed at
6716 column 0, row 40
6717 @example
6718 pad=640:480:0:40:violet
6719 @end example
6720
6721 The example above is equivalent to the following command:
6722 @example
6723 pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet
6724 @end example
6725
6726 @item
6727 Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2,
6728 and put the input video at the center of the padded area:
6729 @example
6730 pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
6731 @end example
6732
6733 @item
6734 Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum
6735 value between the input width and height, and put the input video at
6736 the center of the padded area:
6737 @example
6738 pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
6739 @end example
6740
6741 @item
6742 Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:
6743 @example
6744 pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
6745 @end example
6746
6747 @item
6748 In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect
6749 correctly, it is necessary to use @var{sar} in the expression,
6750 according to the relation:
6751 @example
6752 (ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
6753 X = output_dar / sar
6754 @end example
6755
6756 Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:
6757 @example
6758 pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
6759 @end example
6760
6761 @item
6762 Double the output size and put the input video in the bottom-right
6763 corner of the output padded area:
6764 @example
6765 pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"
6766 @end example
6767 @end itemize
6768
6769 @section perspective
6770
6771 Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen.
6772
6773 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
6774
6775 @table @option
6776 @item x0
6777 @item y0
6778 @item x1
6779 @item y1
6780 @item x2
6781 @item y2
6782 @item x3
6783 @item y3
6784 Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners.
6785 Default values are @code{0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H} with which perspective will remain unchanged.
6786 If the @code{sense} option is set to @code{source}, then the specified points will be sent
6787 to the corners of the destination. If the @code{sense} option is set to @code{destination},
6788 then the corners of the source will be sent to the specified coordinates.
6789
6790 The expressions can use the following variables:
6791
6792 @table @option
6793 @item W
6794 @item H
6795 the width and height of video frame.
6796 @end table
6797
6798 @item interpolation
6799 Set interpolation for perspective correction.
6800
6801 It accepts the following values:
6802 @table @samp
6803 @item linear
6804 @item cubic
6805 @end table
6806
6807 Default value is @samp{linear}.
6808
6809 @item sense
6810 Set interpretation of coordinate options.
6811
6812 It accepts the following values:
6813 @table @samp
6814 @item 0, source
6815
6816 Send point in the source specified by the given coordinates to
6817 the corners of the destination.
6818
6819 @item 1, destination
6820
6821 Send the corners of the source to the point in the destination specified
6822 by the given coordinates.
6823
6824 Default value is @samp{source}.
6825 @end table
6826 @end table
6827
6828 @section phase
6829
6830 Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
6831
6832 The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the
6833 opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer.
6834
6835 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
6836
6837 @table @option
6838 @item mode
6839 Set phase mode.
6840
6841 It accepts the following values:
6842 @table @samp
6843 @item t
6844 Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.
6845 Filter will delay the bottom field.
6846
6847 @item b
6848 Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first.
6849 Filter will delay the top field.
6850
6851 @item p
6852 Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists
6853 for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you
6854 actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing.
6855
6856 @item a
6857 Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
6858 opposite.
6859 Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} modes on a frame by frame
6860 basis using field flags. If no field information is available,
6861 then this works just like @samp{u}.
6862
6863 @item u
6864 Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.
6865 Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} on a frame by frame basis by
6866 analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that produces best
6867 match between the fields.
6868
6869 @item T
6870 Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.
6871 Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
6872
6873 @item B
6874 Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.
6875 Filter selects among @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
6876
6877 @item A
6878 Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying.
6879 Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using field flags and
6880 image analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just
6881 like @samp{U}. This is the default mode.
6882
6883 @item U
6884 Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.
6885 Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis only.
6886 @end table
6887 @end table
6888
6889 @section pixdesctest
6890
6891 Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal
6892 testing. The output video should be equal to the input video.
6893
6894 For example:
6895 @example
6896 format=monow, pixdesctest
6897 @end example
6898
6899 can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition.
6900
6901 @section pp
6902
6903 Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This
6904 library should be automatically selected with a GPL build (@code{--enable-gpl}).
6905 Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.
6906 Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
6907 interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.
6908
6909 The filters accept the following options:
6910
6911 @table @option
6912 @item subfilters
6913 Set postprocessing subfilters string.
6914 @end table
6915
6916 All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
6917
6918 @table @option
6919 @item a/autoq
6920 Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.
6921
6922 @item c/chrom
6923 Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
6924
6925 @item y/nochrom
6926 Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
6927
6928 @item n/noluma
6929 Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
6930 @end table
6931
6932 These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'.
6933
6934 Available subfilters are:
6935
6936 @table @option
6937 @item hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
6938 Horizontal deblocking filter
6939 @table @option
6940 @item difference
6941 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
6942 @item flatness
6943 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
6944 @end table
6945
6946 @item vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
6947 Vertical deblocking filter
6948 @table @option
6949 @item difference
6950 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
6951 @item flatness
6952 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
6953 @end table
6954
6955 @item ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
6956 Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
6957 @table @option
6958 @item difference
6959 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
6960 @item flatness
6961 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
6962 @end table
6963
6964 @item va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
6965 Accurate vertical deblocking filter
6966 @table @option
6967 @item difference
6968 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
6969 @item flatness
6970 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
6971 @end table
6972 @end table
6973
6974 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
6975 flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
6976 thresholds.
6977
6978 @table @option
6979 @item h1/x1hdeblock
6980 Experimental horizontal deblocking filter
6981
6982 @item v1/x1vdeblock
6983 Experimental vertical deblocking filter
6984
6985 @item dr/dering
6986 Deringing filter
6987
6988 @item tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer
6989 @table @option
6990 @item threshold1
6991 larger -> stronger filtering
6992 @item threshold2
6993 larger -> stronger filtering
6994 @item threshold3
6995 larger -> stronger filtering
6996 @end table
6997
6998 @item al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction
6999 @table @option
7000 @item f/fullyrange
7001 Stretch luminance to @code{0-255}.
7002 @end table
7003
7004 @item lb/linblenddeint
7005 Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
7006 filtering all lines with a @code{(1 2 1)} filter.
7007
7008 @item li/linipoldeint
7009 Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
7010 linearly interpolating every second line.
7011
7012 @item ci/cubicipoldeint
7013 Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
7014 cubically interpolating every second line.
7015
7016 @item md/mediandeint
7017 Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a
7018 median filter to every second line.
7019
7020 @item fd/ffmpegdeint
7021 FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every
7022 second line with a @code{(-1 4 2 4 -1)} filter.
7023
7024 @item l5/lowpass5
7025 Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
7026 block by filtering all lines with a @code{(-1 2 6 2 -1)} filter.
7027
7028 @item fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]
7029 Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you
7030 specify.
7031 @table @option
7032 @item quantizer
7033 Quantizer to use
7034 @end table
7035
7036 @item de/default
7037 Default pp filter combination (@code{hb|a,vb|a,dr|a})
7038
7039 @item fa/fast
7040 Fast pp filter combination (@code{h1|a,v1|a,dr|a})
7041
7042 @item ac
7043 High quality pp filter combination (@code{ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a})
7044 @end table
7045
7046 @subsection Examples
7047
7048 @itemize
7049 @item
7050 Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
7051 brightness/contrast:
7052 @example
7053 pp=hb/vb/dr/al
7054 @end example
7055
7056 @item
7057 Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:
7058 @example
7059 pp=de/-al
7060 @end example
7061
7062 @item
7063 Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:
7064 @example
7065 pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3
7066 @end example
7067
7068 @item
7069 Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
7070 automatically depending on available CPU time:
7071 @example
7072 pp=hb|y/vb|a
7073 @end example
7074 @end itemize
7075
7076 @section psnr
7077
7078 Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise
7079 Ratio) between two input videos.
7080
7081 This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is
7082 considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the
7083 output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for computing
7084 the PSNR.
7085
7086 Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for
7087 this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs
7088 have the same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
7089
7090 The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging system.
7091
7092 The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each
7093 frame, and at the end of the processing it is averaged across all frames
7094 equally, and the following formula is applied to obtain the PSNR:
7095
7096 @example
7097 PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE)
7098 @end example
7099
7100 Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component of the
7101 image.
7102
7103 The description of the accepted parameters follows.
7104
7105 @table @option
7106 @item stats_file, f
7107 If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of
7108 each individual frame.
7109 @end table
7110
7111 The file printed if @var{stats_file} is selected, contains a sequence of
7112 key/value pairs of the form @var{key}:@var{value} for each compared
7113 couple of frames.
7114
7115 A description of each shown parameter follows:
7116
7117 @table @option
7118 @item n
7119 sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
7120
7121 @item mse_avg
7122 Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
7123 frames, averaged over all the image components.
7124
7125 @item mse_y, mse_u, mse_v, mse_r, mse_g, mse_g, mse_a
7126 Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
7127 frames for the component specified by the suffix.
7128
7129 @item psnr_y, psnr_u, psnr_v, psnr_r, psnr_g, psnr_b, psnr_a
7130 Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component
7131 specified by the suffix.
7132 @end table
7133
7134 For example:
7135 @example
7136 movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
7137 [main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out]
7138 @end example
7139
7140 On this example the input file being processed is compared with the
7141 reference file @file{ref_movie.mpg}. The PSNR of each individual frame
7142 is stored in @file{stats.log}.
7143
7144 @anchor{pullup}
7145 @section pullup
7146
7147 Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
7148 hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
7149 content.
7150
7151 The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context in making
7152 its decisions. This filter is stateless in the sense that it does not lock
7153 onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
7154 fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
7155
7156 To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter after
7157 pullup, use @code{fps=24000/1001} if the input frame rate is 29.97fps,
7158 @code{fps=24} for 30fps and the (rare) telecined 25fps input.
7159
7160 The filter accepts the following options:
7161
7162 @table @option
7163 @item jl
7164 @item jr
7165 @item jt
7166 @item jb
7167 These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and
7168 bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in units of 8 pixels,
7169 while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines.
7170 The default is 8 pixels on each side.
7171
7172 @item sb
7173 Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of
7174 filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
7175 excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
7176 Conversely, setting it to -1 will make filter match fields more easily.
7177 This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between
7178 the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.
7179 Default value is @code{0}.
7180
7181 @item mp
7182 Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:
7183 @table @samp
7184 @item l
7185 Use luma plane.
7186
7187 @item u
7188 Use chroma blue plane.
7189
7190 @item v
7191 Use chroma red plane.
7192 @end table
7193
7194 This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane
7195 for doing filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean
7196 source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there
7197 is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video.
7198 The main purpose of setting @option{mp} to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU
7199 load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
7200 @end table
7201
7202 For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it is
7203 necessary to change the output frame rate. For example, to inverse
7204 telecine NTSC input:
7205 @example
7206 ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ...
7207 @end example
7208
7209 @section removelogo
7210
7211 Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which
7212 pixels comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that
7213 comprise the logo with neighboring pixels.
7214
7215 The filter accepts the following options:
7216
7217 @table @option
7218 @item filename, f
7219 Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by
7220 libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of the
7221 video stream being processed.
7222 @end table
7223
7224 Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not
7225 considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of
7226 the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the
7227 rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is
7228 recommended to take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo
7229 visible, and then using a threshold filter followed by the erode
7230 filter once or twice.
7231
7232 If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if
7233 logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much
7234 reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as
7235 much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over
7236 the image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra
7237 pixels will slow things down on a large logo.
7238
7239 @section rotate
7240
7241 Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians.
7242
7243 The filter accepts the following options:
7244
7245 A description of the optional parameters follows.
7246 @table @option
7247 @item angle, a
7248 Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video
7249 clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value will
7250 result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0".
7251
7252 This expression is evaluated for each frame.
7253
7254 @item out_w, ow
7255 Set the output width expression, default value is "iw".
7256 This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
7257
7258 @item out_h, oh
7259 Set the output height expression, default value is "ih".
7260 This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
7261
7262 @item bilinear
7263 Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables
7264 it. Default value is 1.
7265
7266 @item fillcolor, c
7267 Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated
7268 image. For the generalsyntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
7269 ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special value "none" is selected then no
7270 background is printed (useful for example if the background is never shown).
7271
7272 Default value is "black".
7273 @end table
7274
7275 The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the
7276 following constants and functions:
7277
7278 @table @option
7279 @item n
7280 sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN
7281 before the first frame is filtered.
7282
7283 @item t
7284 time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is
7285 configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.
7286
7287 @item hsub
7288 @item vsub
7289 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
7290 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
7291
7292 @item in_w, iw
7293 @item in_h, ih
7294 the input video width and height
7295
7296 @item out_w, ow
7297 @item out_h, oh
7298 the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
7299 specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions
7300
7301 @item rotw(a)
7302 @item roth(a)
7303 the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input
7304 video rotated by @var{a} radians.
7305
7306 These are only available when computing the @option{out_w} and
7307 @option{out_h} expressions.
7308 @end table
7309
7310 @subsection Examples
7311
7312 @itemize
7313 @item
7314 Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:
7315 @example
7316 rotate=PI/6
7317 @end example
7318
7319 @item
7320 Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:
7321 @example
7322 rotate=-PI/6
7323 @end example
7324
7325 @item
7326 Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:
7327 @example
7328 rotate=45*PI/180
7329 @end example
7330
7331 @item
7332 Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:
7333 @example
7334 rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T
7335 @end example
7336
7337 @item
7338 Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T
7339 seconds and an amplitude of A radians:
7340 @example
7341 rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)
7342 @end example
7343
7344 @item
7345 Rotate the video, output size is chosen so that the whole rotating
7346 input video is always completely contained in the output:
7347 @example
7348 rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'
7349 @end example
7350
7351 @item
7352 Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever
7353 shown:
7354 @example
7355 rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none
7356 @end example
7357 @end itemize
7358
7359 @subsection Commands
7360
7361 The filter supports the following commands:
7362
7363 @table @option
7364 @item a, angle
7365 Set the angle expression.
7366 The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
7367
7368 If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
7369 value.
7370 @end table
7371
7372 @section sab
7373
7374 Apply Shape Adaptive Blur.
7375
7376 The filter accepts the following options:
7377
7378 @table @option
7379 @item luma_radius, lr
7380 Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default
7381 value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and
7382 in slower processing.
7383
7384 @item luma_pre_filter_radius, lpfr
7385 Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default
7386 value is 1.0.
7387
7388 @item luma_strength, ls
7389 Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must
7390 be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.
7391
7392 @item chroma_radius, cr
7393 Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0. A
7394 greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower
7395 processing.
7396
7397 @item chroma_pre_filter_radius, cpfr
7398 Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range.
7399
7400 @item chroma_strength, cs
7401 Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered,
7402 must be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range.
7403 @end table
7404
7405 Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to the
7406 corresponding luma option value.
7407
7408 @anchor{scale}
7409 @section scale
7410
7411 Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.
7412
7413 The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same
7414 of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
7415
7416 If the input image format is different from the format requested by
7417 the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the
7418 requested format.
7419
7420 @subsection Options
7421 The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options
7422 supported by the libswscale scaler.
7423
7424 See @ref{scaler_options,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for
7425 the complete list of scaler options.
7426
7427 @table @option
7428 @item width, w
7429 @item height, h
7430 Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input
7431 dimension.
7432
7433 If the value is 0, the input width is used for the output.
7434
7435 If one of the values is -1, the scale filter will use a value that
7436 maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the
7437 other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is
7438 used
7439
7440 If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the scale filter will also use a value
7441 that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other
7442 specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated
7443 dimension is divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary.
7444
7445 See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension
7446 expression.
7447
7448 @item interl
7449 Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:
7450
7451 @table @samp
7452 @item 1
7453 Force interlaced aware scaling.
7454
7455 @item 0
7456 Do not apply interlaced scaling.
7457
7458 @item -1
7459 Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames
7460 are flagged as interlaced or not.
7461 @end table
7462
7463 Default value is @samp{0}.
7464
7465 @item flags
7466 Set libswscale scaling flags. See
7467 @ref{sws_flags,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for the
7468 complete list of values. If not explicitly specified the filter applies
7469 the default flags.
7470
7471 @item size, s
7472 Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
7473 section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
7474
7475 @item in_color_matrix
7476 @item out_color_matrix
7477 Set in/output YCbCr color space type.
7478
7479 This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
7480 a specific value used for the output and encoder.
7481
7482 If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format.
7483
7484 Possible values:
7485
7486 @table @samp
7487 @item auto
7488 Choose automatically.
7489
7490 @item bt709
7491 Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
7492 Recommendation BT.709.
7493
7494 @item fcc
7495 Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications
7496 Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682 (a).
7497
7498 @item bt601
7499 Set color space conforming to:
7500
7501 @itemize
7502 @item
7503 ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601
7504
7505 @item
7506 ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G
7507
7508 @item
7509 Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004
7510
7511 @end itemize
7512
7513 @item smpte240m
7514 Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.
7515 @end table
7516
7517 @item in_range
7518 @item out_range
7519 Set in/output YCbCr sample range.
7520
7521 This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
7522 a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not specified, the
7523 range depends on the pixel format. Possible values:
7524
7525 @table @samp
7526 @item auto
7527 Choose automatically.
7528
7529 @item jpeg/full/pc
7530 Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).
7531
7532 @item mpeg/tv
7533 Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).
7534 @end table
7535
7536 @item force_original_aspect_ratio
7537 Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to
7538 keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
7539
7540 @table @samp
7541 @item disable
7542 Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
7543
7544 @item decrease
7545 The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.
7546
7547 @item increase
7548 The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.
7549
7550 @end table
7551
7552 One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's
7553 maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to
7554 that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows
7555 1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option (set it to
7556 decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the output
7557 1280x533.
7558
7559 Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for @option{w}
7560 or @option{h}, you still need to specify the output resolution for this option
7561 to work.
7562
7563 @end table
7564
7565 The values of the @option{w} and @option{h} options are expressions
7566 containing the following constants:
7567
7568 @table @var
7569 @item in_w
7570 @item in_h
7571 The input width and height
7572
7573 @item iw
7574 @item ih
7575 These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
7576
7577 @item out_w
7578 @item out_h
7579 The output (scaled) width and height
7580
7581 @item ow
7582 @item oh
7583 These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}
7584
7585 @item a
7586 The same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
7587
7588 @item sar
7589 input sample aspect ratio
7590
7591 @item dar
7592 The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from @code{(iw / ih) * sar}.
7593
7594 @item hsub
7595 @item vsub
7596 horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the
7597 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
7598
7599 @item ohsub
7600 @item ovsub
7601 horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the
7602 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
7603 @end table
7604
7605 @subsection Examples
7606
7607 @itemize
7608 @item
7609 Scale the input video to a size of 200x100
7610 @example
7611 scale=w=200:h=100
7612 @end example
7613
7614 This is equivalent to:
7615 @example
7616 scale=200:100
7617 @end example
7618
7619 or:
7620 @example
7621 scale=200x100
7622 @end example
7623
7624 @item
7625 Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:
7626 @example
7627 scale=qcif
7628 @end example
7629
7630 which can also be written as:
7631 @example
7632 scale=size=qcif
7633 @end example
7634
7635 @item
7636 Scale the input to 2x:
7637 @example
7638 scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih
7639 @end example
7640
7641 @item
7642 The above is the same as:
7643 @example
7644 scale=2*in_w:2*in_h
7645 @end example
7646
7647 @item
7648 Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:
7649 @example
7650 scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1
7651 @end example
7652
7653 @item
7654 Scale the input to half size:
7655 @example
7656 scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2
7657 @end example
7658
7659 @item
7660 Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:
7661 @example
7662 scale=3/2*iw:ow
7663 @end example
7664
7665 @item
7666 Seek Greek harmony:
7667 @example
7668 scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
7669 scale=ih*PHI:ih
7670 @end example
7671
7672 @item
7673 Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
7674 @example
7675 scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih
7676 @end example
7677
7678 @item
7679 Increase the size, making the size a multiple of the chroma
7680 subsample values:
7681 @example
7682 scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"
7683 @end example
7684
7685 @item
7686 Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels,
7687 keeping the same aspect ratio as the input:
7688 @example
7689 scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'
7690 @end example
7691 @end itemize
7692
7693 @section separatefields
7694
7695 The @code{separatefields} takes a frame-based video input and splits
7696 each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip
7697 with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count.
7698
7699 This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which
7700 of each pair of fields to place first in the output.
7701 If it gets it wrong use @ref{setfield} filter before @code{separatefields} filter.
7702
7703 @section setdar, setsar
7704
7705 The @code{setdar} filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter
7706 output video.
7707
7708 This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect
7709 Ratio, according to the following equation:
7710 @example
7711 @var{DAR} = @var{HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION} / @var{VERTICAL_RESOLUTION} * @var{SAR}
7712 @end example
7713
7714 Keep in mind that the @code{setdar} filter does not modify the pixel
7715 dimensions of the video frame. Also, the display aspect ratio set by
7716 this filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain,
7717 e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is
7718 applied.
7719
7720 The @code{setsar} filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for
7721 the filter output video.
7722
7723 Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the
7724 output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation
7725 above.
7726
7727 Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the @code{setsar}
7728 filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if
7729 another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied.
7730
7731 It accepts the following parameters:
7732
7733 @table @option
7734 @item r, ratio, dar (@code{setdar} only), sar (@code{setsar} only)
7735 Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
7736
7737 The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or
7738 a string of the form @var{num}:@var{den}, where @var{num} and
7739 @var{den} are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If
7740 the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0".
7741 In case the form "@var{num}:@var{den}" is used, the @code{:} character
7742 should be escaped.
7743
7744 @item max
7745 Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and
7746 denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.
7747 Default value is @code{100}.
7748
7749 @end table
7750
7751 The parameter @var{sar} is an expression containing
7752 the following constants:
7753
7754 @table @option
7755 @item E, PI, PHI
7756 These are approximated values for the mathematical constants e
7757 (Euler's number), pi (Greek pi), and phi (the golden ratio).
7758
7759 @item w, h
7760 The input width and height.
7761
7762 @item a
7763 These are the same as @var{w} / @var{h}.
7764
7765 @item sar
7766 The input sample aspect ratio.
7767
7768 @item dar
7769 The input display aspect ratio. It is the same as
7770 (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
7771
7772 @item hsub, vsub
7773 Horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
7774 pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
7775 @end table
7776
7777 @subsection Examples
7778
7779 @itemize
7780
7781 @item
7782 To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:
7783 @example
7784 setdar=dar=1.77777
7785 setdar=dar=16/9
7786 setdar=dar=1.77777
7787 @end example
7788
7789 @item
7790 To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:
7791 @example
7792 setsar=sar=10/11
7793 @end example
7794
7795 @item
7796 To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of
7797 1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the command:
7798 @example
7799 setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000
7800 @end example
7801
7802 @end itemize
7803
7804 @anchor{setfield}
7805 @section setfield
7806
7807 Force field for the output video frame.
7808
7809 The @code{setfield} filter marks the interlace type field for the
7810 output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the
7811 corresponding property, which affects how the frame is treated by
7812 following filters (e.g. @code{fieldorder} or @code{yadif}).
7813
7814 The filter accepts the following options:
7815
7816 @table @option
7817
7818 @item mode
7819 Available values are:
7820
7821 @table @samp
7822 @item auto
7823 Keep the same field property.
7824
7825 @item bff
7826 Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
7827
7828 @item tff
7829 Mark the frame as top-field-first.
7830
7831 @item prog
7832 Mark the frame as progressive.
7833 @end table
7834 @end table
7835
7836 @section showinfo
7837
7838 Show a line containing various information for each input video frame.
7839 The input video is not modified.
7840
7841 The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
7842 @var{key}:@var{value}.
7843
7844 The following values are shown in the output:
7845
7846 @table @option
7847 @item n
7848 The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
7849
7850 @item pts
7851 The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
7852 time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.
7853
7854 @item pts_time
7855 The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
7856 seconds.
7857
7858 @item pos
7859 The position of the frame in the input stream, or -1 if this information is
7860 unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video).
7861
7862 @item fmt
7863 The pixel format name.
7864
7865 @item sar
7866 The sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form
7867 @var{num}/@var{den}.
7868
7869 @item s
7870 The size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
7871 section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
7872
7873 @item i
7874 The type of interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B"
7875 for bottom field first).
7876
7877 @item iskey
7878 This is 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise.
7879
7880 @item type
7881 The picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a
7882 P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, or "?" for an unknown type).
7883 Also refer to the documentation of the @code{AVPictureType} enum and of
7884 the @code{av_get_picture_type_char} function defined in
7885 @file{libavutil/avutil.h}.
7886
7887 @item checksum
7888 The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame.
7889
7890 @item plane_checksum
7891 The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame,
7892 expressed in the form "[@var{c0} @var{c1} @var{c2} @var{c3}]".
7893 @end table
7894
7895 @section shuffleplanes
7896
7897 Reorder and/or duplicate video planes.
7898
7899 It accepts the following parameters:
7900
7901 @table @option
7902
7903 @item map0
7904 The index of the input plane to be used as the first output plane.
7905
7906 @item map1
7907 The index of the input plane to be used as the second output plane.
7908
7909 @item map2
7910 The index of the input plane to be used as the third output plane.
7911
7912 @item map3
7913 The index of the input plane to be used as the fourth output plane.
7914
7915 @end table
7916
7917 The first plane has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.
7918
7919 Swap the second and third planes of the input:
7920 @example
7921 ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf shuffleplanes=0:2:1:3 OUTPUT
7922 @end example
7923
7924 @section signalstats
7925 Evaluate various visual metrics that assist in determining issues associated
7926 with the digitization of analog video media.
7927
7928 By default the filter will log these metadata values:
7929
7930 @table @option
7931 @item YMIN
7932 Display the minimal Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
7933 range of [0-255].
7934
7935 @item YLOW
7936 Display the Y value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
7937 range of [0-255].
7938
7939 @item YAVG
7940 Display the average Y value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
7941 [0-255].
7942
7943 @item YHIGH
7944 Display the Y value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
7945 range of [0-255].
7946
7947 @item YMAX
7948 Display the maximum Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
7949 range of [0-255].
7950
7951 @item UMIN
7952 Display the minimal U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
7953 range of [0-255].
7954
7955 @item ULOW
7956 Display the U value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
7957 range of [0-255].
7958
7959 @item UAVG
7960 Display the average U value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
7961 [0-255].
7962
7963 @item UHIGH
7964 Display the U value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
7965 range of [0-255].
7966
7967 @item UMAX
7968 Display the maximum U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
7969 range of [0-255].
7970
7971 @item VMIN
7972 Display the minimal V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
7973 range of [0-255].
7974
7975 @item VLOW
7976 Display the V value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
7977 range of [0-255].
7978
7979 @item VAVG
7980 Display the average V value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
7981 [0-255].
7982
7983 @item VHIGH
7984 Display the V value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
7985 range of [0-255].
7986
7987 @item VMAX
7988 Display the maximum V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
7989 range of [0-255].
7990
7991 @item SATMIN
7992 Display the minimal saturation value contained within the input frame.
7993 Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
7994
7995 @item SATLOW
7996 Display the saturation value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.
7997 Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
7998
7999 @item SATAVG
8000 Display the average saturation value within the input frame. Expressed in range
8001 of [0-~181.02].
8002
8003 @item SATHIGH
8004 Display the saturation value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.
8005 Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
8006
8007 @item SATMAX
8008 Display the maximum saturation value contained within the input frame.
8009 Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
8010
8011 @item HUEMED
8012 Display the median value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of
8013 [0-360].
8014
8015 @item HUEAVG
8016 Display the average value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of
8017 [0-360].
8018
8019 @item YDIF
8020 Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the Y
8021 plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.
8022 Expressed in range of [0-255].
8023
8024 @item UDIF
8025 Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the U
8026 plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.
8027 Expressed in range of [0-255].
8028
8029 @item VDIF
8030 Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the V
8031 plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.
8032 Expressed in range of [0-255].
8033 @end table
8034
8035 The filter accepts the following options:
8036
8037 @table @option
8038 @item stat
8039 @item out
8040
8041 @option{stat} specify an additional form of image analysis.
8042 @option{out} output video with the specified type of pixel highlighted.
8043
8044 Both options accept the following values:
8045
8046 @table @samp
8047 @item tout
8048 Identify @var{temporal outliers} pixels. A @var{temporal outlier} is a pixel
8049 unlike the neighboring pixels of the same field. Examples of temporal outliers
8050 include the results of video dropouts, head clogs, or tape tracking issues.
8051
8052 @item vrep
8053 Identify @var{vertical line repetition}. Vertical line repetition includes
8054 similar rows of pixels within a frame. In born-digital video vertical line
8055 repetition is common, but this pattern is uncommon in video digitized from an
8056 analog source. When it occurs in video that results from the digitization of an
8057 analog source it can indicate concealment from a dropout compensator.
8058
8059 @item brng
8060 Identify pixels that fall outside of legal broadcast range.
8061 @end table
8062
8063 @item color, c
8064 Set the highlight color for the @option{out} option. The default color is
8065 yellow.
8066 @end table
8067
8068 @subsection Examples
8069
8070 @itemize
8071 @item
8072 Output data of various video metrics:
8073 @example
8074 ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats="stat=tout+vrep+brng" -show_frames
8075 @end example
8076
8077 @item
8078 Output specific data about the minimum and maximum values of the Y plane per frame:
8079 @example
8080 ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats -show_entries frame_tags=lavfi.signalstats.YMAX,lavfi.signalstats.YMIN
8081 @end example
8082
8083 @item
8084 Playback video while highlighting pixels that are outside of broadcast range in red.
8085 @example
8086 ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats="out=brng:color=red"
8087 @end example
8088
8089 @item
8090 Playback video with signalstats metadata drawn over the frame.
8091 @example
8092 ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats=stat=brng+vrep+tout,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=signalstat_drawtext.txt
8093 @end example
8094
8095 The contents of signalstat_drawtext.txt used in the command are:
8096 @example
8097 time %@{pts:hms@}
8098 Y (%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMIN@}-%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMAX@})
8099 U (%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMIN@}-%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMAX@})
8100 V (%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMIN@}-%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMAX@})
8101 saturation maximum: %@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.SATMAX@}
8102
8103 @end example
8104 @end itemize
8105
8106 @anchor{smartblur}
8107 @section smartblur
8108
8109 Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.
8110
8111 It accepts the following options:
8112
8113 @table @option
8114 @item luma_radius, lr
8115 Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in
8116 the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
8117 used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
8118
8119 @item luma_strength, ls
8120 Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number
8121 in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
8122 in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
8123 [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
8124
8125 @item luma_threshold, lt
8126 Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
8127 whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
8128 integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
8129 a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
8130 in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
8131
8132 @item chroma_radius, cr
8133 Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in
8134 the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
8135 used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
8136
8137 @item chroma_strength, cs
8138 Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number
8139 in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
8140 in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
8141 [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
8142
8143 @item chroma_threshold, ct
8144 Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
8145 whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
8146 integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
8147 a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
8148 in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
8149 @end table
8150
8151 If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value
8152 is set.
8153
8154 @section stereo3d
8155
8156 Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.
8157
8158 The filters accept the following options:
8159
8160 @table @option
8161 @item in
8162 Set stereoscopic image format of input.
8163
8164 Available values for input image formats are:
8165 @table @samp
8166 @item sbsl
8167 side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
8168
8169 @item sbsr
8170 side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
8171
8172 @item sbs2l
8173 side by side parallel with half width resolution
8174 (left eye left, right eye right)
8175
8176 @item sbs2r
8177 side by side crosseye with half width resolution
8178 (right eye left, left eye right)
8179
8180 @item abl
8181 above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
8182
8183 @item abr
8184 above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
8185
8186 @item ab2l
8187 above-below with half height resolution
8188 (left eye above, right eye below)
8189
8190 @item ab2r
8191 above-below with half height resolution
8192 (right eye above, left eye below)
8193
8194 @item al
8195 alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
8196
8197 @item ar
8198 alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
8199
8200 Default value is @samp{sbsl}.
8201 @end table
8202
8203 @item out
8204 Set stereoscopic image format of output.
8205
8206 Available values for output image formats are all the input formats as well as:
8207 @table @samp
8208 @item arbg
8209 anaglyph red/blue gray
8210 (red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
8211
8212 @item argg
8213 anaglyph red/green gray
8214 (red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)
8215
8216 @item arcg
8217 anaglyph red/cyan gray
8218 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
8219
8220 @item arch
8221 anaglyph red/cyan half colored
8222 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
8223
8224 @item arcc
8225 anaglyph red/cyan color
8226 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
8227
8228 @item arcd
8229 anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
8230 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
8231
8232 @item agmg
8233 anaglyph green/magenta gray
8234 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
8235
8236 @item agmh
8237 anaglyph green/magenta half colored
8238 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
8239
8240 @item agmc
8241 anaglyph green/magenta colored
8242 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
8243
8244 @item agmd
8245 anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
8246 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
8247
8248 @item aybg
8249 anaglyph yellow/blue gray
8250 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
8251
8252 @item aybh
8253 anaglyph yellow/blue half colored
8254 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
8255
8256 @item aybc
8257 anaglyph yellow/blue colored
8258 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
8259
8260 @item aybd
8261 anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
8262 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
8263
8264 @item irl
8265 interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
8266
8267 @item irr
8268 interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
8269
8270 @item ml
8271 mono output (left eye only)
8272
8273 @item mr
8274 mono output (right eye only)
8275 @end table
8276
8277 Default value is @samp{arcd}.
8278 @end table
8279
8280 @subsection Examples
8281
8282 @itemize
8283 @item
8284 Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue dubois:
8285 @example
8286 stereo3d=sbsl:aybd
8287 @end example
8288
8289 @item
8290 Convert input video from above bellow (left eye above, right eye below) to side by side crosseye.
8291 @example
8292 stereo3d=abl:sbsr
8293 @end example
8294 @end itemize
8295
8296 @section spp
8297
8298 Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image
8299 at several (or - in the case of @option{quality} level @code{6} - all) shifts
8300 and average the results.
8301
8302 The filter accepts the following options:
8303
8304 @table @option
8305 @item quality
8306 Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts
8307 an integer in the range 0-6. If set to @code{0}, the filter will have no
8308 effect. A value of @code{6} means the higher quality. For each increment of
8309 that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately 2. Default value is
8310 @code{3}.
8311
8312 @item qp
8313 Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP
8314 from the video stream (if available).
8315
8316 @item mode
8317 Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
8318
8319 @table @samp
8320 @item hard
8321 Set hard thresholding (default).
8322 @item soft
8323 Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
8324 @end table
8325
8326 @item use_bframe_qp
8327 Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to @code{1}. Using this
8328 option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is
8329 @code{0} (not enabled).
8330 @end table
8331
8332 @anchor{subtitles}
8333 @section subtitles
8334
8335 Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.
8336
8337 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
8338 @code{--enable-libass}. This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and
8339 libavformat to convert the passed subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation
8340 Alpha) subtitles format.
8341
8342 The filter accepts the following options:
8343
8344 @table @option
8345 @item filename, f
8346 Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.
8347
8348 @item original_size
8349 Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file
8350 was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in
8351 the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic,
8352 this is necessary to correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been
8353 changed.
8354
8355 @item charenc
8356 Set subtitles input character encoding. @code{subtitles} filter only. Only
8357 useful if not UTF-8.
8358
8359 @item stream_index, si
8360 Set subtitles stream index. @code{subtitles} filter only.
8361 @end table
8362
8363 If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value
8364 specifies the @option{filename}.
8365
8366 For example, to render the file @file{sub.srt} on top of the input
8367 video, use the command:
8368 @example
8369 subtitles=sub.srt
8370 @end example
8371
8372 which is equivalent to:
8373 @example
8374 subtitles=filename=sub.srt
8375 @end example
8376
8377 To render the default subtitles stream from file @file{video.mkv}, use:
8378 @example
8379 subtitles=video.mkv
8380 @end example
8381
8382 To render the second subtitles stream from that file, use:
8383 @example
8384 subtitles=video.mkv:si=1
8385 @end example
8386
8387 @section super2xsai
8388
8389 Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and
8390 Interpolate) pixel art scaling algorithm.
8391
8392 Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness.
8393
8394 @section swapuv
8395 Swap U & V plane.
8396
8397 @section telecine
8398
8399 Apply telecine process to the video.
8400
8401 This filter accepts the following options:
8402
8403 @table @option
8404 @item first_field
8405 @table @samp
8406 @item top, t
8407 top field first
8408 @item bottom, b
8409 bottom field first
8410 The default value is @code{top}.
8411 @end table
8412
8413 @item pattern
8414 A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
8415 The default value is @code{23}.
8416 @end table
8417
8418 @example
8419 Some typical patterns:
8420
8421 NTSC output (30i):
8422 27.5p: 32222
8423 24p: 23 (classic)
8424 24p: 2332 (preferred)
8425 20p: 33
8426 18p: 334
8427 16p: 3444
8428
8429 PAL output (25i):
8430 27.5p: 12222
8431 24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
8432 16.67p: 33
8433 16p: 33333334
8434 @end example
8435
8436 @section thumbnail
8437 Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.
8438
8439 The filter accepts the following options:
8440
8441 @table @option
8442 @item n
8443 Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of @var{n} frames, the filter
8444 will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of @var{n} frames until
8445 the end. Default is @code{100}.
8446 @end table
8447
8448 Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger @var{n}
8449 value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended.
8450
8451 @subsection Examples
8452
8453 @itemize
8454 @item
8455 Extract one picture each 50 frames:
8456 @example
8457 thumbnail=50
8458 @end example
8459
8460 @item
8461 Complete example of a thumbnail creation with @command{ffmpeg}:
8462 @example
8463 ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png
8464 @end example
8465 @end itemize
8466
8467 @section tile
8468
8469 Tile several successive frames together.
8470
8471 The filter accepts the following options:
8472
8473 @table @option
8474
8475 @item layout
8476 Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of
8477 this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
8478
8479 @item nb_frames
8480 Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less
8481 than or equal to @var{w}x@var{h}. The default value is @code{0}, meaning all
8482 the area will be used.
8483
8484 @item margin
8485 Set the outer border margin in pixels.
8486
8487 @item padding
8488 Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For
8489 more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges),
8490 refer to the pad video filter.
8491
8492 @item color
8493 Specify the color of the unused areaFor the syntax of this option, check the
8494 "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value of @var{color}
8495 is "black".
8496 @end table
8497
8498 @subsection Examples
8499
8500 @itemize
8501 @item
8502 Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (@option{-skip_frame nokey}) in a movie:
8503 @example
8504 ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png
8505 @end example
8506 The @option{-vsync 0} is necessary to prevent @command{ffmpeg} from
8507 duplicating each output frame to accommodate the originally detected frame
8508 rate.
8509
8510 @item
8511 Display @code{5} pictures in an area of @code{3x2} frames,
8512 with @code{7} pixels between them, and @code{2} pixels of initial margin, using
8513 mixed flat and named options:
8514 @example
8515 tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2
8516 @end example
8517 @end itemize
8518
8519 @section tinterlace
8520
8521 Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.
8522
8523 Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is
8524 considered odd.
8525
8526 The filter accepts the following options:
8527
8528 @table @option
8529
8530 @item mode
8531 Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified
8532 as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
8533
8534 Available values are:
8535
8536 @table @samp
8537 @item merge, 0
8538 Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
8539 generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
8540
8541 @item drop_odd, 1
8542 Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with
8543 unchanged height at half frame rate.
8544
8545 @item drop_even, 2
8546 Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with
8547 unchanged height at half frame rate.
8548
8549 @item pad, 3
8550 Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black,
8551 generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate.
8552
8553 @item interleave_top, 4
8554 Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from
8555 even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
8556
8557 @item interleave_bottom, 5
8558 Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from
8559 even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
8560
8561 @item interlacex2, 6
8562 Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each
8563 containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and
8564 the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on
8565 the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no
8566 field synchronisation.
8567 @end table
8568
8569 Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward
8570 compatibility reasons.
8571
8572 Default mode is @code{merge}.
8573
8574 @item flags
8575 Specify flags influencing the filter process.
8576
8577 Available value for @var{flags} is:
8578
8579 @table @option
8580 @item low_pass_filter, vlfp
8581 Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter.
8582 Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced
8583 destination from a progressive source which contains high-frequency
8584 vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire
8585 patterning.
8586
8587 Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for @option{mode}
8588 @var{interleave_top} and @var{interleave_bottom}.
8589
8590 @end table
8591 @end table
8592
8593 @section transpose
8594
8595 Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.
8596
8597 It accepts the following parameters:
8598
8599 @table @option
8600
8601 @item dir
8602 Specify the transposition direction.
8603
8604 Can assume the following values:
8605 @table @samp
8606 @item 0, 4, cclock_flip
8607 Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:
8608 @example
8609 L.R L.l
8610 . . -> . .
8611 l.r R.r
8612 @end example
8613
8614 @item 1, 5, clock
8615 Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
8616 @example
8617 L.R l.L
8618 . . -> . .
8619 l.r r.R
8620 @end example
8621
8622 @item 2, 6, cclock
8623 Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
8624 @example
8625 L.R R.r
8626 . . -> . .
8627 l.r L.l
8628 @end example
8629
8630 @item 3, 7, clock_flip
8631 Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
8632 @example
8633 L.R r.R
8634 . . -> . .
8635 l.r l.L
8636 @end example
8637 @end table
8638
8639 For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input
8640 video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are
8641 deprecated, the @code{passthrough} option should be used instead.
8642
8643 Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of
8644 symbolic constants.
8645
8646 @item passthrough
8647 Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
8648 specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
8649 @table @samp
8650 @item none
8651 Always apply transposition.
8652 @item portrait
8653 Preserve portrait geometry (when @var{height} >= @var{width}).
8654 @item landscape
8655 Preserve landscape geometry (when @var{width} >= @var{height}).
8656 @end table
8657
8658 Default value is @code{none}.
8659 @end table
8660
8661 For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait
8662 layout:
8663 @example
8664 transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait
8665 @end example
8666
8667 The command above can also be specified as:
8668 @example
8669 transpose=1:portrait
8670 @end example
8671
8672 @section trim
8673 Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
8674
8675 It accepts the following parameters:
8676 @table @option
8677 @item start
8678 Specify the time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the
8679 timestamp @var{start} will be the first frame in the output.
8680
8681 @item end
8682 Specify the time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame
8683 immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be the last
8684 frame in the output.
8685
8686 @item start_pts
8687 This is the same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp
8688 in timebase units instead of seconds.
8689
8690 @item end_pts
8691 This is the same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp
8692 in timebase units instead of seconds.
8693
8694 @item duration
8695 The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
8696
8697 @item start_frame
8698 The number of the first frame that should be passed to the output.
8699
8700 @item end_frame
8701 The number of the first frame that should be dropped.
8702 @end table
8703
8704 @option{start}, @option{end}, and @option{duration} are expressed as time
8705 duration specifications; see
8706 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
8707 for the accepted syntax.
8708
8709 Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
8710 option look at the frame timestamp, while the _frame variants simply count the
8711 frames that pass through the filter. Also note that this filter does not modify
8712 the timestamps. If you wish for the output timestamps to start at zero, insert a
8713 setpts filter after the trim filter.
8714
8715 If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
8716 keep all the frames that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
8717 only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple trim
8718 filters.
8719
8720 The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
8721 just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
8722
8723 Examples:
8724 @itemize
8725 @item
8726 Drop everything except the second minute of input:
8727 @example
8728 ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=60:120
8729 @end example
8730
8731 @item
8732 Keep only the first second:
8733 @example
8734 ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=duration=1
8735 @end example
8736
8737 @end itemize
8738
8739
8740 @anchor{unsharp}
8741 @section unsharp
8742
8743 Sharpen or blur the input video.
8744
8745 It accepts the following parameters:
8746
8747 @table @option
8748 @item luma_msize_x, lx
8749 Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between
8750 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
8751
8752 @item luma_msize_y, ly
8753 Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3
8754 and 63. The default value is 5.
8755
8756 @item luma_amount, la
8757 Set the luma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable
8758 values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
8759
8760 Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
8761 sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
8762
8763 Default value is 1.0.
8764
8765 @item chroma_msize_x, cx
8766 Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer
8767 between 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
8768
8769 @item chroma_msize_y, cy
8770 Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer
8771 between 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
8772
8773 @item chroma_amount, ca
8774 Set the chroma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable
8775 values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
8776
8777 Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
8778 sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
8779
8780 Default value is 0.0.
8781
8782 @item opencl
8783 If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
8784 FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
8785
8786 @end table
8787
8788 All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the
8789 string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
8790
8791 @subsection Examples
8792
8793 @itemize
8794 @item
8795 Apply strong luma sharpen effect:
8796 @example
8797 unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5
8798 @end example
8799
8800 @item
8801 Apply a strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:
8802 @example
8803 unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2
8804 @end example
8805 @end itemize
8806
8807 @anchor{vidstabdetect}
8808 @section vidstabdetect
8809
8810 Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see
8811 @ref{vidstabtransform} for pass 2.
8812
8813 This filter generates a file with relative translation and rotation
8814 transform information about subsequent frames, which is then used by
8815 the @ref{vidstabtransform} filter.
8816
8817 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
8818 @code{--enable-libvidstab}.
8819
8820 This filter accepts the following options:
8821
8822 @table @option
8823 @item result
8824 Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information.
8825 Default value is @file{transforms.trf}.
8826
8827 @item shakiness
8828 Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an
8829 integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a
8830 value of 10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5.
8831
8832 @item accuracy
8833 Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the
8834 range 1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high
8835 accuracy. Default value is 15.
8836
8837 @item stepsize
8838 Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is
8839 scanned with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6.
8840
8841 @item mincontrast
8842 Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is
8843 discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1. Default
8844 value is 0.3.
8845
8846 @item tripod
8847 Set reference frame number for tripod mode.
8848
8849 If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame
8850 in the filtered stream, identified by the specified number. The idea
8851 is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static scene and keep
8852 the camera view absolutely still.
8853
8854 If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1.
8855
8856 @item show
8857 Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an
8858 integer in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any
8859 visualization.
8860 @end table
8861
8862 @subsection Examples
8863
8864 @itemize
8865 @item
8866 Use default values:
8867 @example
8868 vidstabdetect
8869 @end example
8870
8871 @item
8872 Analyze strongly shaky movie and put the results in file
8873 @file{mytransforms.trf}:
8874 @example
8875 vidstabdetect=shakiness=10:accuracy=15:result="mytransforms.trf"
8876 @end example
8877
8878 @item
8879 Visualize the result of internal transformations in the resulting
8880 video:
8881 @example
8882 vidstabdetect=show=1
8883 @end example
8884
8885 @item
8886 Analyze a video with medium shakiness using @command{ffmpeg}:
8887 @example
8888 ffmpeg -i input -vf vidstabdetect=shakiness=5:show=1 dummy.avi
8889 @end example
8890 @end itemize
8891
8892 @anchor{vidstabtransform}
8893 @section vidstabtransform
8894
8895 Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2,
8896 see @ref{vidstabdetect} for pass 1.
8897
8898 Read a file with transform information for each frame and
8899 apply/compensate them. Together with the @ref{vidstabdetect}
8900 filter this can be used to deshake videos. See also
8901 @url{http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab}. It is important to also use
8902 the @ref{unsharp} filter, see below.
8903
8904 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
8905 @code{--enable-libvidstab}.
8906
8907 @subsection Options
8908
8909 @table @option
8910 @item input
8911 Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is
8912 @file{transforms.trf}.
8913
8914 @item smoothing
8915 Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the
8916 camera movements. Default value is 10.
8917
8918 For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the
8919 past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A
8920 larger value leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration of
8921 the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where a static
8922 camera is simulated.
8923
8924 @item optalgo
8925 Set the camera path optimization algorithm.
8926
8927 Accepted values are:
8928 @table @samp
8929 @item gauss
8930 gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)
8931 @item avg
8932 averaging on transformations
8933 @end table
8934
8935 @item maxshift
8936 Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1,
8937 meaning no limit.
8938
8939 @item maxangle
8940 Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default
8941 value is -1, meaning no limit.
8942
8943 @item crop
8944 Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement
8945 compensation.
8946
8947 Available values are:
8948 @table @samp
8949 @item keep
8950 keep image information from previous frame (default)
8951 @item black
8952 fill the border black
8953 @end table
8954
8955 @item invert
8956 Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.
8957
8958 @item relative
8959 Consider transforms as relative to previous frame if set to 1,
8960 absolute if set to 0. Default value is 0.
8961
8962 @item zoom
8963 Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in
8964 effect, a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no
8965 zoom).
8966
8967 @item optzoom
8968 Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.
8969
8970 Accepted values are:
8971 @table @samp
8972 @item 0
8973 disabled
8974 @item 1
8975 optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements
8976 will lead to visible borders) (default)
8977 @item 2
8978 optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be
8979 visible), see @option{zoomspeed}
8980 @end table
8981
8982 Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here.
8983
8984 @item zoomspeed
8985 Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when
8986 @option{optzoom} is set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is
8987 0.25.
8988
8989 @item interpol
8990 Specify type of interpolation.
8991
8992 Available values are:
8993 @table @samp
8994 @item no
8995 no interpolation
8996 @item linear
8997 linear only horizontal
8998 @item bilinear
8999 linear in both directions (default)
9000 @item bicubic
9001 cubic in both directions (slow)
9002 @end table
9003
9004 @item tripod
9005 Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to
9006 @code{relative=0:smoothing=0}. Default value is 0.
9007
9008 Use also @code{tripod} option of @ref{vidstabdetect}.
9009
9010 @item debug
9011 Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions
9012 are written to the temporary file @file{global_motions.trf}. Default
9013 value is 0.
9014 @end table
9015
9016 @subsection Examples
9017
9018 @itemize
9019 @item
9020 Use @command{ffmpeg} for a typical stabilization with default values:
9021 @example
9022 ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg
9023 @end example
9024
9025 Note the use of the @ref{unsharp} filter which is always recommended.
9026
9027 @item
9028 Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file:
9029 @example
9030 vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf"
9031 @end example
9032
9033 @item
9034 Smoothen the video even more:
9035 @example
9036 vidstabtransform=smoothing=30
9037 @end example
9038 @end itemize
9039
9040 @section vflip
9041
9042 Flip the input video vertically.
9043
9044 For example, to vertically flip a video with @command{ffmpeg}:
9045 @example
9046 ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi
9047 @end example
9048
9049 @anchor{vignette}
9050 @section vignette
9051
9052 Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect.
9053
9054 The filter accepts the following options:
9055
9056 @table @option
9057 @item angle, a
9058 Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.
9059
9060 The value is clipped in the @code{[0,PI/2]} range.
9061
9062 Default value: @code{"PI/5"}
9063
9064 @item x0
9065 @item y0
9066 Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively @code{"w/2"} and @code{"h/2"}
9067 by default.
9068
9069 @item mode
9070 Set forward/backward mode.
9071
9072 Available modes are:
9073 @table @samp
9074 @item forward
9075 The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes.
9076
9077 @item backward
9078 The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes.
9079 This can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no automatic
9080 detection to extract the lens @option{angle} and other settings (yet). It can
9081 also be used to create a burning effect.
9082 @end table
9083
9084 Default value is @samp{forward}.
9085
9086 @item eval
9087 Set evaluation mode for the expressions (@option{angle}, @option{x0}, @option{y0}).
9088
9089 It accepts the following values:
9090 @table @samp
9091 @item init
9092 Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.
9093
9094 @item frame
9095 Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the
9096 @samp{init} mode since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but it
9097 allows advanced dynamic expressions.
9098 @end table
9099
9100 Default value is @samp{init}.
9101
9102 @item dither
9103 Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is @code{1}
9104 (enabled).
9105
9106 @item aspect
9107 Set vignette aspect. This setting allows one to adjust the shape of the vignette.
9108 Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a rectangular vignetting
9109 following the dimensions of the video.
9110
9111 Default is @code{1/1}.
9112 @end table
9113
9114 @subsection Expressions
9115
9116 The @option{alpha}, @option{x0} and @option{y0} expressions can contain the
9117 following parameters.
9118
9119 @table @option
9120 @item w
9121 @item h
9122 input width and height
9123
9124 @item n
9125 the number of input frame, starting from 0
9126
9127 @item pts
9128 the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in
9129 @var{TB} units, NAN if undefined
9130
9131 @item r
9132 frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
9133
9134 @item t
9135 the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
9136 expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
9137
9138 @item tb
9139 time base of the input video
9140 @end table
9141
9142
9143 @subsection Examples
9144
9145 @itemize
9146 @item
9147 Apply simple strong vignetting effect:
9148 @example
9149 vignette=PI/4
9150 @end example
9151
9152 @item
9153 Make a flickering vignetting:
9154 @example
9155 vignette='PI/4+random(1)*PI/50':eval=frame
9156 @end example
9157
9158 @end itemize
9159
9160 @section w3fdif
9161
9162 Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field
9163 Deinterlacing Filter").
9164
9165 Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D, and
9166 implemented based on the de-interlace algorithm written by Jim
9167 Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing filter
9168 uses filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D.
9169
9170 There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called "simple":
9171 and "complex". Which set of filter coefficients is used can
9172 be set by passing an optional parameter:
9173
9174 @table @option
9175 @item filter
9176 Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values:
9177
9178 @table @samp
9179 @item simple
9180 Simple filter coefficient set.
9181 @item complex
9182 More-complex filter coefficient set.
9183 @end table
9184 Default value is @samp{complex}.
9185
9186 @item deint
9187 Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
9188
9189 @table @samp
9190 @item all
9191 Deinterlace all frames,
9192 @item interlaced
9193 Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
9194 @end table
9195
9196 Default value is @samp{all}.
9197 @end table
9198
9199 @section xbr
9200 Apply the xBR high-quality magnification filter which is designed for pixel
9201 art. It follows a set of edge-detection rules, see
9202 @url{http://www.libretro.com/forums/viewtopic.php?f=6&t=134}.
9203
9204 It accepts the following option:
9205
9206 @table @option
9207 @item n
9208 Set the scaling dimension: @code{2} for @code{2xBR}, @code{3} for
9209 @code{3xBR} and @code{4} for @code{4xBR}.
9210 Default is @code{3}.
9211 @end table
9212
9213 @anchor{yadif}
9214 @section yadif
9215
9216 Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing
9217 filter").
9218
9219 It accepts the following parameters:
9220
9221
9222 @table @option
9223
9224 @item mode
9225 The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:
9226
9227 @table @option
9228 @item 0, send_frame
9229 Output one frame for each frame.
9230 @item 1, send_field
9231 Output one frame for each field.
9232 @item 2, send_frame_nospatial
9233 Like @code{send_frame}, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
9234 @item 3, send_field_nospatial
9235 Like @code{send_field}, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
9236 @end table
9237
9238 The default value is @code{send_frame}.
9239
9240 @item parity
9241 The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one
9242 of the following values:
9243
9244 @table @option
9245 @item 0, tff
9246 Assume the top field is first.
9247 @item 1, bff
9248 Assume the bottom field is first.
9249 @item -1, auto
9250 Enable automatic detection of field parity.
9251 @end table
9252
9253 The default value is @code{auto}.
9254 If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
9255 top field first will be assumed.
9256
9257 @item deint
9258 Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following
9259 values:
9260
9261 @table @option
9262 @item 0, all
9263 Deinterlace all frames.
9264 @item 1, interlaced
9265 Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
9266 @end table
9267
9268 The default value is @code{all}.
9269 @end table
9270
9271 @section zoompan
9272
9273 Apply Zoom & Pan effect.
9274
9275 This filter accepts the following options:
9276
9277 @table @option
9278 @item zoom, z
9279 Set the zoom expression. Default is 1.
9280
9281 @item x
9282 @item y
9283 Set the x and y expression. Default is 0.
9284
9285 @item d
9286 Set the duration expression in number of frames.
9287 This sets for how many number of frames effect will last for
9288 single input image.
9289
9290 @item s
9291 Set the output image size, default is 'hd720'.
9292 @end table
9293
9294 Each expression can contain the following constants:
9295
9296 @table @option
9297 @item in_w, iw
9298 Input width.
9299
9300 @item in_h, ih
9301 Input height.
9302
9303 @item out_w, ow
9304 Output width.
9305
9306 @item out_h, oh
9307 Output height.
9308
9309 @item in
9310 Input frame count.
9311
9312 @item on
9313 Output frame count.
9314
9315 @item x
9316 @item y
9317 Last calculated 'x' and 'y' position from 'x' and 'y' expression
9318 for current input frame.
9319
9320 @item px
9321 @item py
9322 'x' and 'y' of last output frame of previous input frame or 0 when there was
9323 not yet such frame (first input frame).
9324
9325 @item zoom
9326 Last calculated zoom from 'z' expression for current input frame.
9327
9328 @item pzoom
9329 Last calculated zoom of last output frame of previous input frame.
9330
9331 @item duration
9332 Number of output frames for current input frame. Calculated from 'd' expression
9333 for each input frame.
9334
9335 @item pduration
9336 number of output frames created for previous input frame
9337
9338 @item a
9339 Rational number: input width / input height
9340
9341 @item sar
9342 sample aspect ratio
9343
9344 @item dar
9345 display aspect ratio
9346
9347 @end table
9348
9349 @subsection Examples
9350
9351 @itemize
9352 @item
9353 Zoom-in up to 1.5 and pan at same time to some spot near center of picture:
9354 @example
9355 zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='if(gte(zoom,1.5),x,x+1/a)':y='if(gte(zoom,1.5),y,y+1)':s=640x360
9356 @end example
9357 @end itemize
9358
9359 @c man end VIDEO FILTERS
9360
9361 @chapter Video Sources
9362 @c man begin VIDEO SOURCES
9363
9364 Below is a description of the currently available video sources.
9365
9366 @section buffer
9367
9368 Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
9369
9370 This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
9371 through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/vsrc_buffer.h}.
9372
9373 It accepts the following parameters:
9374
9375 @table @option
9376
9377 @item video_size
9378 Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the
9379 syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
9380 manual.
9381
9382 @item width
9383 The input video width.
9384
9385 @item height
9386 The input video height.
9387
9388 @item pix_fmt
9389 A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames.
9390 It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format
9391 name.
9392
9393 @item time_base
9394 Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.
9395
9396 @item frame_rate
9397 Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
9398
9399 @item pixel_aspect, sar
9400 The sample (pixel) aspect ratio of the input video.
9401
9402 @item sws_param
9403 Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which
9404 is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in the
9405 input size or format.
9406 @end table
9407
9408 For example:
9409 @example
9410 buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1
9411 @end example
9412
9413 will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and
9414 with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and
9415 square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio).
9416 Since the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6
9417 (check the enum AVPixelFormat definition in @file{libavutil/pixfmt.h}),
9418 this example corresponds to:
9419 @example
9420 buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1
9421 @end example
9422
9423 Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this
9424 syntax is deprecated:
9425
9426 @var{width}:@var{height}:@var{pix_fmt}:@var{time_base.num}:@var{time_base.den}:@var{pixel_aspect.num}:@var{pixel_aspect.den}[:@var{sws_param}]
9427
9428 @section cellauto
9429
9430 Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.
9431
9432 The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the
9433 @option{filename}, and @option{pattern} options. If such options are
9434 not specified an initial state is created randomly.
9435
9436 At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of
9437 the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole
9438 frame is filled is defined by the @option{scroll} option.
9439
9440 This source accepts the following options:
9441
9442 @table @option
9443 @item filename, f
9444 Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
9445 the specified file.
9446 In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive
9447 cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
9448 file will be ignored.
9449
9450 @item pattern, p
9451 Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
9452 the specified string.
9453
9454 Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive
9455 cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
9456 string will be ignored.
9457
9458 @item rate, r
9459 Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
9460 Default is 25.
9461
9462 @item random_fill_ratio, ratio
9463 Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It
9464 is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to
9465 1/PHI.
9466
9467 This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.
9468
9469 @item random_seed, seed
9470 Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer
9471 included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
9472 set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
9473 effort basis.
9474
9475 @item rule
9476 Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
9477 Default value is 110.
9478
9479 @item size, s
9480 Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check
9481 the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
9482
9483 If @option{filename} or @option{pattern} is specified, the size is set
9484 by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the
9485 height is set to @var{width} * PHI.
9486
9487 If @option{size} is set, it must contain the width of the specified
9488 pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the
9489 larger row.
9490
9491 If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value
9492 defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state).
9493
9494 @item scroll
9495 If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output
9496 have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be
9497 written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled.
9498 Defaults to 1.
9499
9500 @item start_full, full
9501 If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before
9502 outputting the first frame.
9503 This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
9504
9505 @item stitch
9506 If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together.
9507 This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
9508 @end table
9509
9510 @subsection Examples
9511
9512 @itemize
9513 @item
9514 Read the initial state from @file{pattern}, and specify an output of
9515 size 200x400.
9516 @example
9517 cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400
9518 @end example
9519
9520 @item
9521 Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill
9522 ratio of 2/3:
9523 @example
9524 cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
9525 @end example
9526
9527 @item
9528 Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell
9529 centered on an initial row with width 100:
9530 @example
9531 cellauto=p=@@:s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
9532 @end example
9533
9534 @item
9535 Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:
9536 @example
9537 cellauto=p='@@@@ @@ @@@@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
9538 @end example
9539
9540 @end itemize
9541
9542 @section mandelbrot
9543
9544 Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the
9545 point specified with @var{start_x} and @var{start_y}.
9546
9547 This source accepts the following options:
9548
9549 @table @option
9550
9551 @item end_pts
9552 Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.
9553
9554 @item end_scale
9555 Set the terminal scale value.
9556 Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.
9557
9558 @item inner
9559 Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the
9560 Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
9561
9562 It shall assume one of the following values:
9563 @table @option
9564 @item black
9565 Set black mode.
9566 @item convergence
9567 Show time until convergence.
9568 @item mincol
9569 Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
9570 @item period
9571 Set period mode.
9572 @end table
9573
9574 Default value is @var{mincol}.
9575
9576 @item bailout
9577 Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
9578
9579 @item maxiter
9580 Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering
9581 algorithm. Default value is 7189.
9582
9583 @item outer
9584 Set outer coloring mode.
9585 It shall assume one of following values:
9586 @table @option
9587 @item iteration_count
9588 Set iteration cound mode.
9589 @item normalized_iteration_count
9590 set normalized iteration count mode.
9591 @end table
9592 Default value is @var{normalized_iteration_count}.
9593
9594 @item rate, r
9595 Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default
9596 value is "25".
9597
9598 @item size, s
9599 Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video
9600 size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is "640x480".
9601
9602 @item start_scale
9603 Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
9604
9605 @item start_x
9606 Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between
9607 -100 and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.
9608
9609 @item start_y
9610 Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between
9611 -100 and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.
9612 @end table
9613
9614 @section mptestsrc
9615
9616 Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.
9617
9618 The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256.
9619 This source is useful in particular for testing encoding features.
9620
9621 This source accepts the following options:
9622
9623 @table @option
9624
9625 @item rate, r
9626 Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
9627 generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
9628 @var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a floating point
9629 number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
9630 "25".
9631
9632 @item duration, d
9633 Set the duration of the sourced video. See
9634 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
9635 for the accepted syntax.
9636
9637 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
9638 supposed to be generated forever.
9639
9640 @item test, t
9641
9642 Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:
9643 @table @option
9644 @item dc_luma
9645 @item dc_chroma
9646 @item freq_luma
9647 @item freq_chroma
9648 @item amp_luma
9649 @item amp_chroma
9650 @item cbp
9651 @item mv
9652 @item ring1
9653 @item ring2
9654 @item all
9655
9656 @end table
9657
9658 Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.
9659 @end table
9660
9661 Some examples:
9662 @example
9663 mptestsrc=t=dc_luma
9664 @end example
9665
9666 will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.
9667
9668 @section frei0r_src
9669
9670 Provide a frei0r source.
9671
9672 To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
9673 header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
9674
9675 This source accepts the following parameters:
9676
9677 @table @option
9678
9679 @item size
9680 The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the
9681 "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
9682
9683 @item framerate
9684 The framerate of the generated video. It may be a string of the form
9685 @var{num}/@var{den} or a frame rate abbreviation.
9686
9687 @item filter_name
9688 The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and
9689 how to set the parameters, read the @ref{frei0r} section in the video filters
9690 documentation.
9691
9692 @item filter_params
9693 A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.
9694
9695 @end table
9696
9697 For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200
9698 and frame rate 10 which is overlayed on the overlay filter main input:
9699 @example
9700 frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay
9701 @end example
9702
9703 @section life
9704
9705 Generate a life pattern.
9706
9707 This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game.
9708
9709 The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell
9710 which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell
9711 interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are
9712 horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.
9713
9714 At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule,
9715 which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a
9716 cell stay alive or born. The @option{rule} option allows one to specify
9717 the rule to adopt.
9718
9719 This source accepts the following options:
9720
9721 @table @option
9722 @item filename, f
9723 Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file,
9724 each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline
9725 is used to delimit the end of each row.
9726
9727 If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated
9728 randomly.
9729
9730 @item rate, r
9731 Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
9732 Default is 25.
9733
9734 @item random_fill_ratio, ratio
9735 Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a
9736 floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.
9737 It is ignored when a file is specified.
9738
9739 @item random_seed, seed
9740 Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer
9741 included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
9742 set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
9743 effort basis.
9744
9745 @item rule
9746 Set the life rule.
9747
9748 A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "S@var{NS}/B@var{NB}",
9749 where @var{NS} and @var{NB} are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8,
9750 @var{NS} specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a
9751 live cell stay alive, and @var{NB} the number of alive neighbor cells
9752 which make a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born").
9753 "s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
9754
9755 Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9
9756 high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive
9757 for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify
9758 the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an
9759 higher number of neighbor cells.
9760 For example the number 6153 = @code{(12<<9)+9} specifies a stay alive
9761 rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03".
9762
9763 Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life
9764 rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive
9765 cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around
9766 a dead cell.
9767
9768 @item size, s
9769 Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the
9770 "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
9771
9772 If @option{filename} is specified, the size is set by default to the
9773 same size of the input file. If @option{size} is set, it must contain
9774 the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in
9775 that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
9776
9777 If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240"
9778 (used for a randomly generated initial grid).
9779
9780 @item stitch
9781 If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the
9782 top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.
9783
9784 @item mold
9785 Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from @option{death_color} to
9786 @option{mold_color} with a step of @option{mold}. @option{mold} can have a
9787 value from 0 to 255.
9788
9789 @item life_color
9790 Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
9791
9792 @item death_color
9793 Set the color of dead cells. If @option{mold} is set, this is the first color
9794 used to represent a dead cell.
9795
9796 @item mold_color
9797 Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
9798
9799 For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the "Color" section in the
9800 ffmpeg-utils manual.
9801 @end table
9802
9803 @subsection Examples
9804
9805 @itemize
9806 @item
9807 Read a grid from @file{pattern}, and center it on a grid of size
9808 300x300 pixels:
9809 @example
9810 life=f=pattern:s=300x300
9811 @end example
9812
9813 @item
9814 Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:
9815 @example
9816 life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
9817 @end example
9818
9819 @item
9820 Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:
9821 @example
9822 life=rule=S14/B34
9823 @end example
9824
9825 @item
9826 Full example with slow death effect (mold) using @command{ffplay}:
9827 @example
9828 ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16
9829 @end example
9830 @end itemize
9831
9832 @anchor{color}
9833 @anchor{haldclutsrc}
9834 @anchor{nullsrc}
9835 @anchor{rgbtestsrc}
9836 @anchor{smptebars}
9837 @anchor{smptehdbars}
9838 @anchor{testsrc}
9839 @section color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc
9840
9841 The @code{color} source provides an uniformly colored input.
9842
9843 The @code{haldclutsrc} source provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also
9844 @ref{haldclut} filter.
9845
9846 The @code{nullsrc} source returns unprocessed video frames. It is
9847 mainly useful to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the
9848 source for filters which ignore the input data.
9849
9850 The @code{rgbtestsrc} source generates an RGB test pattern useful for
9851 detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a red, green and blue
9852 stripe from top to bottom.
9853
9854 The @code{smptebars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
9855 the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG 1-1990.
9856
9857 The @code{smptehdbars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
9858 the SMPTE RP 219-2002.
9859
9860 The @code{testsrc} source generates a test video pattern, showing a
9861 color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly
9862 intended for testing purposes.
9863
9864 The sources accept the following parameters:
9865
9866 @table @option
9867
9868 @item color, c
9869 Specify the color of the source, only available in the @code{color}
9870 source. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
9871 ffmpeg-utils manual.
9872
9873 @item level
9874 Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the @code{haldclutsrc}
9875 source. A level of @code{N} generates a picture of @code{N*N*N} by @code{N*N*N}
9876 pixels to be used as identity matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is
9877 coded on a @code{1/(N*N)} scale.
9878
9879 @item size, s
9880 Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the
9881 "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value is
9882 "320x240".
9883
9884 This option is not available with the @code{haldclutsrc} filter.
9885
9886 @item rate, r
9887 Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
9888 generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
9889 @var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a floating point
9890 number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
9891 "25".
9892
9893 @item sar
9894 Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
9895
9896 @item duration, d
9897 Set the duration of the sourced video. See
9898 @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
9899 for the accepted syntax.
9900
9901 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
9902 supposed to be generated forever.
9903
9904 @item decimals, n
9905 Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the
9906 @code{testsrc} source.
9907
9908 The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original
9909 timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified
9910 value. Default value is 0.
9911 @end table
9912
9913 For example the following:
9914 @example
9915 testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10
9916 @end example
9917
9918 will generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size
9919 176x144 and a frame rate of 10 frames per second.
9920
9921 The following graph description will generate a red source
9922 with an opacity of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10
9923 frames per second.
9924 @example
9925 color=c=red@@0.2:s=qcif:r=10
9926 @end example
9927
9928 If the input content is to be ignored, @code{nullsrc} can be used. The
9929 following command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing
9930 the @code{geq} filter:
9931 @example
9932 nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128
9933 @end example
9934
9935 @subsection Commands
9936
9937 The @code{color} source supports the following commands:
9938
9939 @table @option
9940 @item c, color
9941 Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the
9942 corresponding @option{color} option.
9943 @end table
9944
9945 @c man end VIDEO SOURCES
9946
9947 @chapter Video Sinks
9948 @c man begin VIDEO SINKS
9949
9950 Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.
9951
9952 @section buffersink
9953
9954 Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter
9955 graph.
9956
9957 This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
9958 through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
9959 or the options system.
9960
9961 It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which
9962 defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
9963 parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
9964
9965 @section nullsink
9966
9967 Null video sink: do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is
9968 mainly useful as a template and for use in analysis / debugging
9969 tools.
9970
9971 @c man end VIDEO SINKS
9972
9973 @chapter Multimedia Filters
9974 @c man begin MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
9975
9976 Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.
9977
9978 @section avectorscope
9979
9980 Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector
9981 scope.
9982
9983 The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of stereo
9984 audio stream. A monoaural signal, consisting of identical left and right
9985 signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is visible
9986 as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous figure.
9987 If the straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this
9988 indicates that the left and right channels are out of phase.
9989
9990 The filter accepts the following options:
9991
9992 @table @option
9993 @item mode, m
9994 Set the vectorscope mode.
9995
9996 Available values are:
9997 @table @samp
9998 @item lissajous
9999 Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.
10000
10001 @item lissajous_xy
10002 Same as above but not rotated.
10003 @end table
10004
10005 Default value is @samp{lissajous}.
10006
10007 @item size, s
10008 Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
10009 section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is @code{400x400}.
10010
10011 @item rate, r
10012 Set the output frame rate. Default value is @code{25}.
10013
10014 @item rc
10015 @item gc
10016 @item bc
10017 Specify the red, green and blue contrast. Default values are @code{40}, @code{160} and @code{80}.
10018 Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
10019
10020 @item rf
10021 @item gf
10022 @item bf
10023 Specify the red, green and blue fade. Default values are @code{15}, @code{10} and @code{5}.
10024 Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
10025
10026 @item zoom
10027 Set the zoom factor. Default value is @code{1}. Allowed range is @code{[1, 10]}.
10028 @end table
10029
10030 @subsection Examples
10031
10032 @itemize
10033 @item
10034 Complete example using @command{ffplay}:
10035 @example
10036 ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
10037 [a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'
10038 @end example
10039 @end itemize
10040
10041 @section concat
10042
10043 Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the
10044 other.
10045
10046 The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All
10047 segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will
10048 also be the number of streams at output.
10049
10050 The filter accepts the following options:
10051
10052 @table @option
10053
10054 @item n
10055 Set the number of segments. Default is 2.
10056
10057 @item v
10058 Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video
10059 streams in each segment. Default is 1.
10060
10061 @item a
10062 Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of audio
10063 streams in each segment. Default is 0.
10064
10065 @item unsafe
10066 Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.
10067
10068 @end table
10069
10070 The filter has @var{v}+@var{a} outputs: first @var{v} video outputs, then
10071 @var{a} audio outputs.
10072
10073 There are @var{n}x(@var{v}+@var{a}) inputs: first the inputs for the first
10074 segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second
10075 segment, etc.
10076
10077 Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various
10078 reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason,
10079 related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be
10080 concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of the longest
10081 stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter
10082 audio streams with silence.
10083
10084 For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0.
10085
10086 All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the
10087 filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video
10088 streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout for
10089 audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution, must be converted
10090 explicitly by the user.
10091
10092 Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate
10093 at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.
10094
10095 @subsection Examples
10096
10097 @itemize
10098 @item
10099 Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version
10100 (video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
10101 @example
10102 ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
10103 '[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
10104 concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
10105 -map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv
10106 @end example
10107
10108 @item
10109 Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the
10110 (a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
10111 @example
10112 movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
10113 movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
10114 [v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]
10115 @end example
10116 Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams
10117 do not have exactly the same duration in the first file.
10118
10119 @end itemize
10120
10121 @section ebur128
10122
10123 EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs
10124 it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the
10125 Momentary loudness (identified by @code{M}), Short-term loudness (@code{S}),
10126 Integrated loudness (@code{I}) and Loudness Range (@code{LRA}).
10127
10128 The filter also has a video output (see the @var{video} option) with a real
10129 time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged
10130 message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore when this option is set,
10131 unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the
10132 short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is for
10133 the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds).
10134
10135 More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on
10136 @url{http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness}.
10137
10138 The filter accepts the following options:
10139
10140 @table @option
10141
10142 @item video
10143 Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this
10144 option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if
10145 activated. Default is @code{0}.
10146
10147 @item size
10148 Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this
10149 option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default
10150 and minimum resolution is @code{640x480}.
10151
10152 @item meter
10153 Set the EBU scale meter. Default is @code{9}. Common values are @code{9} and
10154 @code{18}, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any
10155 other integer value between this range is allowed.
10156
10157 @item metadata
10158 Set metadata injection. If set to @code{1}, the audio input will be segmented
10159 into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various loudness information
10160 in metadata. All the metadata keys are prefixed with @code{lavfi.r128.}.
10161
10162 Default is @code{0}.
10163
10164 @item framelog
10165 Force the frame logging level.
10166
10167 Available values are:
10168 @table @samp
10169 @item info
10170 information logging level
10171 @item verbose
10172 verbose logging level
10173 @end table
10174
10175 By default, the logging level is set to @var{info}. If the @option{video} or
10176 the @option{metadata} options are set, it switches to @var{verbose}.
10177
10178 @item peak
10179 Set peak mode(s).
10180
10181 Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a @code{flag} type). Possible
10182 values are:
10183 @table @samp
10184 @item none
10185 Disable any peak mode (default).
10186 @item sample
10187 Enable sample-peak mode.
10188
10189 Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message
10190 for sample-peak (identified by @code{SPK}).
10191 @item true
10192 Enable true-peak mode.
10193
10194 If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input
10195 stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for true-peak.
10196 (identified by @code{TPK}) and true-peak per frame (identified by @code{FTPK}).
10197 This mode requires a build with @code{libswresample}.
10198 @end table
10199
10200 @end table
10201
10202 @subsection Examples
10203
10204 @itemize
10205 @item
10206 Real-time graph using @command{ffplay}, with a EBU scale meter +18:
10207 @example
10208 ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"
10209 @end example
10210
10211 @item
10212 Run an analysis with @command{ffmpeg}:
10213 @example
10214 ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -
10215 @end example
10216 @end itemize
10217
10218 @section interleave, ainterleave
10219
10220 Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.
10221
10222 @code{interleave} works with video inputs, @code{ainterleave} with audio.
10223
10224 These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest
10225 queued frame to the output.
10226
10227 Input streams must have a well defined, monotonically increasing frame
10228 timestamp values.
10229
10230 In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue
10231 at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one
10232 input is not yet terminated and will not receive incoming frames.
10233
10234 For example consider the case when one input is a @code{select} filter
10235 which always drop input frames. The @code{interleave} filter will keep
10236 reading from that input, but it will never be able to send new frames
10237 to output until the input will send an end-of-stream signal.
10238
10239 Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop
10240 frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and
10241 the queue is already filled.
10242
10243 These filters accept the following options:
10244
10245 @table @option
10246 @item nb_inputs, n
10247 Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.
10248 @end table
10249
10250 @subsection Examples
10251
10252 @itemize
10253 @item
10254 Interleave frames belonging to different streams using @command{ffmpeg}:
10255 @example
10256 ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi
10257 @end example
10258
10259 @item
10260 Add flickering blur effect:
10261 @example
10262 select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave
10263 @end example
10264 @end itemize
10265
10266 @section perms, aperms
10267
10268 Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
10269
10270 These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the
10271 following filter in the filtergraph.
10272
10273 The filters accept the following options:
10274
10275 @table @option
10276 @item mode
10277 Select the permissions mode.
10278
10279 It accepts the following values:
10280 @table @samp
10281 @item none
10282 Do nothing. This is the default.
10283 @item ro
10284 Set all the output frames read-only.
10285 @item rw
10286 Set all the output frames directly writable.
10287 @item toggle
10288 Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
10289 @item random
10290 Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
10291 @end table
10292
10293 @item seed
10294 Set the seed for the @var{random} mode, must be an integer included between
10295 @code{0} and @code{UINT32_MAX}. If not specified, or if explicitly set to
10296 @code{-1}, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
10297 basis.
10298 @end table
10299
10300 Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the
10301 following one, the permission might not be received as expected in that
10302 following filter. Inserting a @ref{format} or @ref{aformat} filter before the
10303 perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.
10304
10305 @section select, aselect
10306
10307 Select frames to pass in output.
10308
10309 This filter accepts the following options:
10310
10311 @table @option
10312
10313 @item expr, e
10314 Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
10315
10316 If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.
10317
10318 If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the
10319 first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index
10320 @code{ceil(val)-1}, assuming that the input index starts from 0.
10321
10322 For example a value of @code{1.2} corresponds to the output with index
10323 @code{ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1}, that is the second output.
10324
10325 @item outputs, n
10326 Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected
10327 frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.
10328 @end table
10329
10330 The expression can contain the following constants:
10331
10332 @table @option
10333 @item n
10334 The (sequential) number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
10335
10336 @item selected_n
10337 The (sequential) number of the selected frame, starting from 0.
10338
10339 @item prev_selected_n
10340 The sequential number of the last selected frame. It's NAN if undefined.
10341
10342 @item TB
10343 The timebase of the input timestamps.
10344
10345 @item pts
10346 The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
10347 expressed in @var{TB} units. It's NAN if undefined.
10348
10349 @item t
10350 The PTS of the filtered video frame,
10351 expressed in seconds. It's NAN if undefined.
10352
10353 @item prev_pts
10354 The PTS of the previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
10355
10356 @item prev_selected_pts
10357 The PTS of the last previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
10358
10359 @item prev_selected_t
10360 The PTS of the last previously selected video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
10361
10362 @item start_pts
10363 The PTS of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
10364
10365 @item start_t
10366 The time of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
10367
10368 @item pict_type @emph{(video only)}
10369 The type of the filtered frame. It can assume one of the following
10370 values:
10371 @table @option
10372 @item I
10373 @item P
10374 @item B
10375 @item S
10376 @item SI
10377 @item SP
10378 @item BI
10379 @end table
10380
10381 @item interlace_type @emph{(video only)}
10382 The frame interlace type. It can assume one of the following values:
10383 @table @option
10384 @item PROGRESSIVE
10385 The frame is progressive (not interlaced).
10386 @item TOPFIRST
10387 The frame is top-field-first.
10388 @item BOTTOMFIRST
10389 The frame is bottom-field-first.
10390 @end table
10391
10392 @item consumed_sample_n @emph{(audio only)}
10393 the number of selected samples before the current frame
10394
10395 @item samples_n @emph{(audio only)}
10396 the number of samples in the current frame
10397
10398 @item sample_rate @emph{(audio only)}
10399 the input sample rate
10400
10401 @item key
10402 This is 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise.
10403
10404 @item pos
10405 the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information
10406 is not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
10407
10408 @item scene @emph{(video only)}
10409 value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low
10410 probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher
10411 value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below)
10412
10413 @end table
10414
10415 The default value of the select expression is "1".
10416
10417 @subsection Examples
10418
10419 @itemize
10420 @item
10421 Select all frames in input:
10422 @example
10423 select
10424 @end example
10425
10426 The example above is the same as:
10427 @example
10428 select=1
10429 @end example
10430
10431 @item
10432 Skip all frames:
10433 @example
10434 select=0
10435 @end example
10436
10437 @item
10438 Select only I-frames:
10439 @example
10440 select='eq(pict_type\,I)'
10441 @end example
10442
10443 @item
10444 Select one frame every 100:
10445 @example
10446 select='not(mod(n\,100))'
10447 @end example
10448
10449 @item
10450 Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
10451 @example
10452 select=between(t\,10\,20)
10453 @end example
10454
10455 @item
10456 Select only I frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
10457 @example
10458 select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)
10459 @end example
10460
10461 @item
10462 Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:
10463 @example
10464 select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'
10465 @end example
10466
10467 @item
10468 Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100:
10469 @example
10470 aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'
10471 @end example
10472
10473 @item
10474 Create a mosaic of the first scenes:
10475 @example
10476 ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png
10477 @end example
10478
10479 Comparing @var{scene} against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane
10480 choice.
10481
10482 @item
10483 Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:
10484 @example
10485 select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h
10486 @end example
10487 @end itemize
10488
10489 @section sendcmd, asendcmd
10490
10491 Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
10492
10493 These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the
10494 filtergraph.
10495
10496 @code{sendcmd} must be inserted between two video filters,
10497 @code{asendcmd} must be inserted between two audio filters, but apart
10498 from that they act the same way.
10499
10500 The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments
10501 with the @var{commands} option, or in a file specified by the
10502 @var{filename} option.
10503
10504 These filters accept the following options:
10505 @table @option
10506 @item commands, c
10507 Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
10508 @item filename, f
10509 Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other
10510 filters.
10511 @end table
10512
10513 @subsection Commands syntax
10514
10515 A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
10516 specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
10517 particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event
10518 is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
10519 interval.
10520
10521 An interval is specified by the following syntax:
10522 @example
10523 @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS};
10524 @end example
10525
10526 The time interval is specified by the @var{START} and @var{END} times.
10527 @var{END} is optional and defaults to the maximum time.
10528
10529 The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if
10530 it is included in the interval [@var{START}, @var{END}), that is when
10531 the time is greater or equal to @var{START} and is lesser than
10532 @var{END}.
10533
10534 @var{COMMANDS} consists of a sequence of one or more command
10535 specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The
10536 syntax of a command specification is given by:
10537 @example
10538 [@var{FLAGS}] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} @var{ARG}
10539 @end example
10540
10541 @var{FLAGS} is optional and specifies the type of events relating to
10542 the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must
10543 be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and
10544 enclosed between "[" and "]".
10545
10546 The following flags are recognized:
10547 @table @option
10548 @item enter
10549 The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the
10550 specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
10551 previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the
10552 current is.
10553
10554 @item leave
10555 The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the
10556 specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
10557 previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the
10558 current is not.
10559 @end table
10560
10561 If @var{FLAGS} is not specified, a default value of @code{[enter]} is
10562 assumed.
10563
10564 @var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
10565 the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
10566
10567 @var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
10568
10569 @var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for
10570 the given @var{COMMAND}.
10571
10572 Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
10573 sequences of characters starting with @code{#} until the end of line,
10574 are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
10575
10576 A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax
10577 follows:
10578 @example
10579 @var{COMMAND_FLAG} ::= "enter" | "leave"
10580 @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} ::= @var{COMMAND_FLAG} [(+|"|")@var{COMMAND_FLAG}]
10581 @var{COMMAND} ::= ["[" @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} "]"] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
10582 @var{COMMANDS} ::= @var{COMMAND} [,@var{COMMANDS}]
10583 @var{INTERVAL} ::= @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS}
10584 @var{INTERVALS} ::= @var{INTERVAL}[;@var{INTERVALS}]
10585 @end example
10586
10587 @subsection Examples
10588
10589 @itemize
10590 @item
10591 Specify audio tempo change at second 4:
10592 @example
10593 asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo
10594 @end example
10595
10596 @item
10597 Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.
10598 @example
10599 # show text in the interval 5-10
10600 5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
10601 [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';
10602
10603 # desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
10604 15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
10605 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
10606 [leave] hue s 1,
10607 [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';
10608
10609 # apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
10610 25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)
10611 @end example
10612
10613 A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list
10614 stored in a file @file{test.cmd}, can be specified with:
10615 @example
10616 sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue
10617 @end example
10618 @end itemize
10619
10620 @anchor{setpts}
10621 @section setpts, asetpts
10622
10623 Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
10624
10625 @code{setpts} works on video frames, @code{asetpts} on audio frames.
10626
10627 This filter accepts the following options:
10628
10629 @table @option
10630
10631 @item expr
10632 The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.
10633
10634 @end table
10635
10636 The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following
10637 constants:
10638
10639 @table @option
10640 @item FRAME_RATE
10641 frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
10642
10643 @item PTS
10644 The presentation timestamp in input
10645
10646 @item N
10647 The count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples,
10648 not including the current frame for audio, starting from 0.
10649
10650 @item NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES
10651 The number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only
10652 audio)
10653
10654 @item NB_SAMPLES, S
10655 The number of samples in the current frame (only audio)
10656
10657 @item SAMPLE_RATE, SR
10658 The audio sample rate.
10659
10660 @item STARTPTS
10661 The PTS of the first frame.
10662
10663 @item STARTT
10664 the time in seconds of the first frame
10665
10666 @item INTERLACED
10667 State whether the current frame is interlaced.
10668
10669 @item T
10670 the time in seconds of the current frame
10671
10672 @item POS
10673 original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined
10674 for the current frame
10675
10676 @item PREV_INPTS
10677 The previous input PTS.
10678
10679 @item PREV_INT
10680 previous input time in seconds
10681
10682 @item PREV_OUTPTS
10683 The previous output PTS.
10684
10685 @item PREV_OUTT
10686 previous output time in seconds
10687
10688 @item RTCTIME
10689 The wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds.. This is deprecated, use time(0)
10690 instead.
10691
10692 @item RTCSTART
10693 The wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds.
10694
10695 @item TB
10696 The timebase of the input timestamps.
10697
10698 @end table
10699
10700 @subsection Examples
10701
10702 @itemize
10703 @item
10704 Start counting PTS from zero
10705 @example
10706 setpts=PTS-STARTPTS
10707 @end example
10708
10709 @item
10710 Apply fast motion effect:
10711 @example
10712 setpts=0.5*PTS
10713 @end example
10714
10715 @item
10716 Apply slow motion effect:
10717 @example
10718 setpts=2.0*PTS
10719 @end example
10720
10721 @item
10722 Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second:
10723 @example
10724 setpts=N/(25*TB)
10725 @end example
10726
10727 @item
10728 Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter:
10729 @example
10730 setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))'
10731 @end example
10732
10733 @item
10734 Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS:
10735 @example
10736 setpts=PTS+10/TB
10737 @end example
10738
10739 @item
10740 Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase:
10741 @example
10742 setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)'
10743 @end example
10744
10745 @item
10746 Generate timestamps by counting samples:
10747 @example
10748 asetpts=N/SR/TB
10749 @end example
10750
10751 @end itemize
10752
10753 @section settb, asettb
10754
10755 Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps.
10756 It is mainly useful for testing timebase configuration.
10757
10758 It accepts the following parameters:
10759
10760 @table @option
10761
10762 @item expr, tb
10763 The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
10764
10765 @end table
10766
10767 The value for @option{tb} is an arithmetic expression representing a
10768 rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the default
10769 timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr" (the sample rate,
10770 audio only). Default value is "intb".
10771
10772 @subsection Examples
10773
10774 @itemize
10775 @item
10776 Set the timebase to 1/25:
10777 @example
10778 settb=expr=1/25
10779 @end example
10780
10781 @item
10782 Set the timebase to 1/10:
10783 @example
10784 settb=expr=0.1
10785 @end example
10786
10787 @item
10788 Set the timebase to 1001/1000:
10789 @example
10790 settb=1+0.001
10791 @end example
10792
10793 @item
10794 Set the timebase to 2*intb:
10795 @example
10796 settb=2*intb
10797 @end example
10798
10799 @item
10800 Set the default timebase value:
10801 @example
10802 settb=AVTB
10803 @end example
10804 @end itemize
10805
10806 @section showcqt
10807 Convert input audio to a video output representing
10808 frequency spectrum logarithmically (using constant Q transform with
10809 Brown-Puckette algorithm), with musical tone scale, from E0 to D#10 (10 octaves).
10810
10811 The filter accepts the following options:
10812
10813 @table @option
10814 @item volume
10815 Specify transform volume (multiplier) expression. The expression can contain
10816 variables:
10817 @table @option
10818 @item frequency, freq, f
10819 the frequency where transform is evaluated
10820 @item timeclamp, tc
10821 value of timeclamp option
10822 @end table
10823 and functions:
10824 @table @option
10825 @item a_weighting(f)
10826 A-weighting of equal loudness
10827 @item b_weighting(f)
10828 B-weighting of equal loudness
10829 @item c_weighting(f)
10830 C-weighting of equal loudness
10831 @end table
10832 Default value is @code{16}.
10833
10834 @item tlength
10835 Specify transform length expression. The expression can contain variables:
10836 @table @option
10837 @item frequency, freq, f
10838 the frequency where transform is evaluated
10839 @item timeclamp, tc
10840 value of timeclamp option
10841 @end table
10842 Default value is @code{384/f*tc/(384/f+tc)}.
10843
10844 @item timeclamp
10845 Specify the transform timeclamp. At low frequency, there is trade-off between
10846 accuracy in time domain and frequency domain. If timeclamp is lower,
10847 event in time domain is represented more accurately (such as fast bass drum),
10848 otherwise event in frequency domain is represented more accurately
10849 (such as bass guitar). Acceptable value is [0.1, 1.0]. Default value is @code{0.17}.
10850
10851 @item coeffclamp
10852 Specify the transform coeffclamp. If coeffclamp is lower, transform is
10853 more accurate, otherwise transform is faster. Acceptable value is [0.1, 10.0].
10854 Default value is @code{1.0}.
10855
10856 @item gamma
10857 Specify gamma. Lower gamma makes the spectrum more contrast, higher gamma
10858 makes the spectrum having more range. Acceptable value is [1.0, 7.0].
10859 Default value is @code{3.0}.
10860
10861 @item fontfile
10862 Specify font file for use with freetype. If not specified, use embedded font.
10863
10864 @item fontcolor
10865 Specify font color expression. This is arithmetic expression that should return
10866 integer value 0xRRGGBB. The expression can contain variables:
10867 @table @option
10868 @item frequency, freq, f
10869 the frequency where transform is evaluated
10870 @item timeclamp, tc
10871 value of timeclamp option
10872 @end table
10873 and functions:
10874 @table @option
10875 @item midi(f)
10876 midi number of frequency f, some midi numbers: E0(16), C1(24), C2(36), A4(69)
10877 @item r(x), g(x), b(x)
10878 red, green, and blue value of intensity x
10879 @end table
10880 Default value is @code{st(0, (midi(f)-59.5)/12);
10881 st(1, if(between(ld(0),0,1), 0.5-0.5*cos(2*PI*ld(0)), 0));
10882 r(1-ld(1)) + b(ld(1))}
10883
10884 @item fullhd
10885 If set to 1 (the default), the video size is 1920x1080 (full HD),
10886 if set to 0, the video size is 960x540. Use this option to make CPU usage lower.
10887
10888 @item fps
10889 Specify video fps. Default value is @code{25}.
10890
10891 @item count
10892 Specify number of transform per frame, so there are fps*count transforms
10893 per second. Note that audio data rate must be divisible by fps*count.
10894 Default value is @code{6}.
10895
10896 @end table
10897
10898 @subsection Examples
10899
10900 @itemize
10901 @item
10902 Playing audio while showing the spectrum:
10903 @example
10904 ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'
10905 @end example
10906
10907 @item
10908 Same as above, but with frame rate 30 fps:
10909 @example
10910 ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=fps=30:count=5 [out0]'
10911 @end example
10912
10913 @item
10914 Playing at 960x540 and lower CPU usage:
10915 @example
10916 ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=fullhd=0:count=3 [out0]'
10917 @end example
10918
10919 @item
10920 A1 and its harmonics: A1, A2, (near)E3, A3:
10921 @example
10922 ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
10923 asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'
10924 @end example
10925
10926 @item
10927 Same as above, but with more accuracy in frequency domain (and slower):
10928 @example
10929 ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
10930 asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt=timeclamp=0.5 [out0]'
10931 @end example
10932
10933 @item
10934 B-weighting of equal loudness
10935 @example
10936 volume=16*b_weighting(f)
10937 @end example
10938
10939 @item
10940 Lower Q factor
10941 @example
10942 tlength=100/f*tc/(100/f+tc)
10943 @end example
10944
10945 @item
10946 Custom fontcolor, C-note is colored green, others are colored blue
10947 @example
10948 fontcolor='if(mod(floor(midi(f)+0.5),12), 0x0000FF, g(1))'
10949 @end example
10950
10951 @end itemize
10952
10953 @section showspectrum
10954
10955 Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency
10956 spectrum.
10957
10958 The filter accepts the following options:
10959
10960 @table @option
10961 @item size, s
10962 Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
10963 the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is
10964 @code{640x512}.
10965
10966 @item slide
10967 Specify how the spectrum should slide along the window.
10968
10969 It accepts the following values:
10970 @table @samp
10971 @item replace
10972 the samples start again on the left when they reach the right
10973 @item scroll
10974 the samples scroll from right to left
10975 @item fullframe
10976 frames are only produced when the samples reach the right
10977 @end table
10978
10979 Default value is @code{replace}.
10980
10981 @item mode
10982 Specify display mode.
10983
10984 It accepts the following values:
10985 @table @samp
10986 @item combined
10987 all channels are displayed in the same row
10988 @item separate
10989 all channels are displayed in separate rows
10990 @end table
10991
10992 Default value is @samp{combined}.
10993
10994 @item color
10995 Specify display color mode.
10996
10997 It accepts the following values:
10998 @table @samp
10999 @item channel
11000 each channel is displayed in a separate color
11001 @item intensity
11002 each channel is is displayed using the same color scheme
11003 @end table
11004
11005 Default value is @samp{channel}.
11006
11007 @item scale
11008 Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
11009
11010 It accepts the following values:
11011 @table @samp
11012 @item lin
11013 linear
11014 @item sqrt
11015 square root, default
11016 @item cbrt
11017 cubic root
11018 @item log
11019 logarithmic
11020 @end table
11021
11022 Default value is @samp{sqrt}.
11023
11024 @item saturation
11025 Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
11026 alternative color scheme. @code{0} is no saturation at all.
11027 Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.
11028 Default value is @code{1}.
11029
11030 @item win_func
11031 Set window function.
11032
11033 It accepts the following values:
11034 @table @samp
11035 @item none
11036 No samples pre-processing (do not expect this to be faster)
11037 @item hann
11038 Hann window
11039 @item hamming
11040 Hamming window
11041 @item blackman
11042 Blackman window
11043 @end table
11044
11045 Default value is @code{hann}.
11046 @end table
11047
11048 The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that
11049 section.
11050
11051 @subsection Examples
11052
11053 @itemize
11054 @item
11055 Large window with logarithmic color scaling:
11056 @example
11057 showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log
11058 @end example
11059
11060 @item
11061 Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using @command{ffplay}:
11062 @example
11063 ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
11064 [a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'
11065 @end example
11066 @end itemize
11067
11068 @section showwaves
11069
11070 Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.
11071
11072 The filter accepts the following options:
11073
11074 @table @option
11075 @item size, s
11076 Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
11077 the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value
11078 is "600x240".
11079
11080 @item mode
11081 Set display mode.
11082
11083 Available values are:
11084 @table @samp
11085 @item point
11086 Draw a point for each sample.
11087
11088 @item line
11089 Draw a vertical line for each sample.
11090
11091 @item p2p
11092 Draw a point for each sample and a line between them.
11093
11094 @item cline
11095 Draw a centered vertical line for each sample.
11096 @end table
11097
11098 Default value is @code{point}.
11099
11100 @item n
11101 Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A
11102 larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive
11103 integer. This option can be set only if the value for @var{rate}
11104 is not explicitly specified.
11105
11106 @item rate, r
11107 Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the
11108 option @var{n}. Default value is "25".
11109
11110 @item split_channels
11111 Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is 0.
11112
11113 @end table
11114
11115 @subsection Examples
11116
11117 @itemize
11118 @item
11119 Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation
11120 at the same time:
11121 @example
11122 amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]
11123 @end example
11124
11125 @item
11126 Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a
11127 frame rate of 30 frames per second:
11128 @example
11129 aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]
11130 @end example
11131 @end itemize
11132
11133 @section split, asplit
11134
11135 Split input into several identical outputs.
11136
11137 @code{asplit} works with audio input, @code{split} with video.
11138
11139 The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If
11140 unspecified, it defaults to 2.
11141
11142 @subsection Examples
11143
11144 @itemize
11145 @item
11146 Create two separate outputs from the same input:
11147 @example
11148 [in] split [out0][out1]
11149 @end example
11150
11151 @item
11152 To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of
11153 outputs, like in:
11154 @example
11155 [in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]
11156 @end example
11157
11158 @item
11159 Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and
11160 one padded:
11161 @example
11162 [in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
11163 [splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0 [cropout];
11164 [splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];
11165 @end example
11166
11167 @item
11168 Create 5 copies of the input audio with @command{ffmpeg}:
11169 @example
11170 ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT
11171 @end example
11172 @end itemize
11173
11174 @section zmq, azmq
11175
11176 Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to
11177 filters in the filtergraph.
11178
11179 @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} work as a pass-through filters. @code{zmq}
11180 must be inserted between two video filters, @code{azmq} between two
11181 audio filters.
11182
11183 To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and
11184 headers and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libzmq}.
11185
11186 For more information about libzmq see:
11187 @url{http://www.zeromq.org/}
11188
11189 The @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} filters work as a libzmq server, which
11190 receives messages sent through a network interface defined by the
11191 @option{bind_address} option.
11192
11193 The received message must be in the form:
11194 @example
11195 @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
11196 @end example
11197
11198 @var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
11199 the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
11200
11201 @var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
11202
11203 @var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional argument list for the
11204 given @var{COMMAND}.
11205
11206 Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding command
11207 is injected into the filtergraph. Depending on the result, the filter
11208 will send a reply to the client, adopting the format:
11209 @example
11210 @var{ERROR_CODE} @var{ERROR_REASON}
11211 @var{MESSAGE}
11212 @end example
11213
11214 @var{MESSAGE} is optional.
11215
11216 @subsection Examples
11217
11218 Look at @file{tools/zmqsend} for an example of a zmq client which can
11219 be used to send commands processed by these filters.
11220
11221 Consider the following filtergraph generated by @command{ffplay}
11222 @example
11223 ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi "
11224 color=s=100x100:c=red [l];
11225 color=s=100x100:c=blue [r];
11226 nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg];
11227 [bg][l] overlay [bg+l];
11228 [bg+l][r] overlay=x=100 "
11229 @end example
11230
11231 To change the color of the left side of the video, the following
11232 command can be used:
11233 @example
11234 echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend
11235 @end example
11236
11237 To change the right side:
11238 @example
11239 echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend
11240 @end example
11241
11242 @c man end MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
11243
11244 @chapter Multimedia Sources
11245 @c man begin MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
11246
11247 Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.
11248
11249 @section amovie
11250
11251 This is the same as @ref{movie} source, except it selects an audio
11252 stream by default.
11253
11254 @anchor{movie}
11255 @section movie
11256
11257 Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.
11258
11259 It accepts the following parameters:
11260
11261 @table @option
11262 @item filename
11263 The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file; it can also be a
11264 device or a stream accessed through some protocol).
11265
11266 @item format_name, f
11267 Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either
11268 the name of a container or an input device. If not specified, the
11269 format is guessed from @var{movie_name} or by probing.
11270
11271 @item seek_point, sp
11272 Specifies the seek point in seconds. The frames will be output
11273 starting from this seek point. The parameter is evaluated with
11274 @code{av_strtod}, so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS
11275 postfix. The default value is "0".
11276
11277 @item streams, s
11278 Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified,
11279 separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the
11280 same order. The syntax is explained in the ``Stream specifiers''
11281 section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da" specify
11282 respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default
11283 is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".
11284
11285 @item stream_index, si
11286 Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1,
11287 the most suitable video stream will be automatically selected. The default
11288 value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select
11289 audio instead of video.
11290
11291 @item loop
11292 Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence.
11293 If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again.
11294 Default value is "1".
11295
11296 Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not
11297 changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing timestamps.
11298 @end table
11299
11300 It allows overlaying a second video on top of the main input of
11301 a filtergraph, as shown in this graph:
11302 @example
11303 input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
11304 ^
11305 |
11306 movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+
11307 @end example
11308 @subsection Examples
11309
11310 @itemize
11311 @item
11312 Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the AVI file in.avi, and overlay it
11313 on top of the input labelled "in":
11314 @example
11315 movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
11316 [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
11317 [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
11318 @end example
11319
11320 @item
11321 Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input
11322 labelled "in":
11323 @example
11324 movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
11325 [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
11326 [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
11327 @end example
11328
11329 @item
11330 Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from
11331 dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is
11332 connected to the pad named "audio":
11333 @example
11334 movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]
11335 @end example
11336 @end itemize
11337
11338 @c man end MULTIMEDIA SOURCES